2आज बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों के तीन रूप देख रहे हैं - जैसे बाप के तीन रूप जानते हो , ऐसे बच्चों के भी तीन रूप देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kē|K tīn rūp dēkh rahē haĩ - jaisē bāp kē|K tīn rūp jāntē hō , aisē bachchō̃ kē|K bhī tīn rūp dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (of|K) child (of|K) x Rup see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] - like father (of|K) x Rup know[pres.pl.m.2] , such child (of|K) too x Rup see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 3जो इस संगमयुग का लक्ष्य और लक्षण है , पहला स्वरूप ब्राह्मण , दूसरा फरिश्ता , तीसरा देवता . jō is saṅgamyug kā lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ hai , pahlā svarūp brāhmaṇ , dūsrā phariśhtā , tīsrā dēvtā . jō[pn.;d.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . that this confluence age of aim and qualification be[pres.sg.23] , x form Brahmin , other angel , third deity .
2Today, BapDada is seeing three forms of the children everywhere. 3Just as you know the three forms of the Father, in the same way, He was seeing three forms of the children which are the aim and qualifications of this confluence age. 4One is the Brahmin form, the second is the angelic form and the third is the deity form.
4ब्राह्मण सो फरिश्ता , फरिश्ता सो देवता . brāhmaṇ sō phariśhtā , phariśhtā sō dēvtā . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sōnā[root]|sō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . Brahmin (sleep[root]|x) angel , angel (sleep[root]|x) deity .
5Brahmins are to become angels and angels are to become deities.
5तो वर्तमान समय अभी विशेष क्या लक्ष्य सामने रहता है ? tō vartamān samay abhī viśhēṣh kyā lakṣhya sāmnē rahtā hai ? tō vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] viśhēṣh[adj.] kyā lakṣhya[adj.] sāmnē rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then present time now special what aim x remain[pres.sg.m.23] ?
6So, at present, what is the special aim that remains in front of you?
6क्योंकि फरिश्ता बनने के बिना देवता नहीं बन सकते . kyōṅki phariśhtā bannē kē|K binā dēvtā nahī̃ ban saktē . kyōṅki phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . because angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) without deity not (x|become[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
7You cannot become deities without becoming angels.
7तो वर्तमान समय और स्वयं के पुरूषार्थ प्रमाण अभी लक्ष्य यही है फरिश्ता . tō vartamān samay aur svayã kē|K purūṣhārth pramāṇ abhī lakṣhya yahī hai phariśhtā . tō vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur svayã kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K puruṣhārth pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ab[adv.hī] lakṣhya[adj.] yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . then present time and x (of|K) effort (under) now aim this be[pres.sg.23] angel .
8So, according to the present time and your effort, your aim is to become an angel.
8संगमयुग के सम्पन्न स्वरूप फरिश्ता सो देवता बनना है . saṅgamyug kē|K sampann svarūp phariśhtā sō dēvtā bannā hai . saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sampann[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sōnā[root]|sō dēvtā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . confluence age (of|K) full form angel (sleep[root]|x) become deity .
9The perfect form of the confluence age is an angel who will become a deity.
9फरिश्ते की परिभाषा जानते भी हो , फरिश्ता अर्थात् पुरानी दुनिया के सम्बन्ध , संस्कार , संकल्प से हल्का हो . phariśhtē kī|key paribhāṣhā jāntē bhī hō , phariśhtā arthāt purānī duniyā kē|K sambandh , saṅskār , saṅkalp sē halkā hō . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅskār[x] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . angel (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , angel that is old world (of|K) relationship , sanskar , thought from light (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 10पुराने संस्कार सबमें हल्के हों . purānē saṅskār sabmē̃ halkē hō̃ . purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] sabmē̃ halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[opt.pl.12hon3] . old sanskar x light be[opt.pl.12hon3] .
10You know the definition of an angel. 11An angel means one who is light in relationships, sanskars and thoughts in the old world, light even in the old sanskars.
11सिर्फ अपने संस्कार स्वभाव संसार में हल्कापन नहीं , लेकिन फरिश्ता अर्थात् सर्व के सम्बन्ध में आते सर्व के स्वभाव संस्कार में हल्कापन . sirph apnē saṅskār svabhāv saṅsār mē̃ halkāpan nahī̃ , lēkin phariśhtā arthāt sarv kē|K sambandh mē̃ ātē sarv kē|K svabhāv saṅskār mē̃ halkāpan . sirph[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅskār[x] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅsār[x] mē̃[postp.] halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] mē̃[postp.] halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . only one’s own sanskar nature world in lightness not , but angel that is all (of|K) relationship in come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] all (of|K) nature sanskar in lightness .
12Not just to be light in your old sanskars, nature and the world, but an angel means one who has lightness while coming into relationship with everyone and with everyone's nature and sanskars.
12इस हल्केपन की निशानी क्या है ? is halkēpan kī|key niśhānī kyā hai ? yah[pn.sg.o.] halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? this lightness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign what be[pres.sg.23] ?
13What is the sign of this lightness?
13वह फरिश्ता आत्मा सर्व के प्यारे होंगे . vah phariśhtā ātmā sarv kē|K pyārē hōṅgē . vah[pn.sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . that angel soul all (of|K) loving be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . 14कोई कोई के प्यारे नहीं , सर्व के प्यारे . kōī kōī kē|K pyārē nahī̃ , sarv kē|K pyārē . kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . some some (of|K) loving not , all (of|K) loving . 15जैसे बाप , ब्रह्मा बाप को हर एक समझता है मेरा है . jaisē bāp , brahmā bāp kō har ēk samajhtā hai mērā hai . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] har ēk[x] samajhnā[pres.sg.m.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . like father , Brahma father to each one understand[pres.sg.m.23] I[.kā] be[pres.sg.23] .
14Those angelic souls would have love for everyone, not just love for some, but love for all, just as for the Father. 15For Father Brahma, you all consider him to be your father.
16मेरा बाबा कहते हैं . mērā bābā kahtē haĩ . maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . I[.kā] Baba say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
16You say, "My Baba!"
17ऐसे फरिश्ता अर्थात् सर्व के प्रिय . aisē phariśhtā arthāt sarv kē|K priya . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K priy[adj.] . such angel that is all (of|K) having love for .
17Such an angel means one who is loved by everyone.
18कई बच्चे सोचते हैं कि ब्रह्मा बाबा तो ब्रह्मा ही था , लेकिन आप सबने आप समान ब्राह्मण आत्माओं में देखा कि आप सबकी प्यारी दादी , जिसको सभी प्यार से अनुभव करते रहे कि मेरी दादी है . kaī bachchē sōchtē haĩ ki brahmā bābā tō brahmā hī thā , lēkin āp sabnē āp samān brāhmaṇ ātmāō̃ mē̃ dēkhā ki āp sabkī pyārī dādī , jiskō sabhī pyār sē anubhav kartē rahē ki mērī dādī hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] brahmā bābā[x] tō brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[past.m.sg] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sabnē āp[pn.pl.] samān[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , jō[pn.sg.kō] sab[adv.hī] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . some child think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that x then Brahma only be[past.m.sg] , but you x you equal Brahmin soul in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that you everyone's loving Dadi , that[.kō] all love from experience do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) that I[.kī] Dadi be[pres.sg.23] .
18Some children think that Brahma Baba was Brahma, but all of you have seen among Brahmin souls just like yourselves that your beloved Dadi was loved by everyone, and everyone said from their own experience with a lot of love, "My Dadi".
19सर्व तरफ स्वभाव , संस्कार और इस पुराने संसार में रहते न्यारी और प्यारी , सब हक से कहते हमारी दादी . sarv taraph svabhāv , saṅskār aur is purānē saṅsār mē̃ rahtē nyārī aur pyārī , sab hak sē kahtē hamārī dādī . sarv[adj.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅskār[x] aur yah[pn.sg.o.] purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅsār[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , sab[adj.] hak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ham[pn.pl.kī] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . all direction nature , sanskar and this old world in remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] unique and loving , all x from say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] we[.kī] Dadi .
19In terms of nature, sanskars and while living in the old world she remained loving and detached. 20Everyone said with a right, "My Dadi!"
20तो कारण क्या ? tō kāraṇ kyā ? tō kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā ? then because what ?
21So what was the reason?
21स्वयं स्वभाव , संस्कार में हल्के . svayã svabhāv , saṅskār mē̃ halkē . svayã svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅskār[x] mē̃[postp.] halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . x nature , sanskar in light .
22She herself was light in her nature and sanskars.
22सबको मेरापन अनुभव कराया . sabkō mērāpan anubhav karāyā . sabkō mērēpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . everything x experience make commit[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
23She gave everyone the feeling of belonging.
23तो एक्जैम्पुल रहा . tō example rahā . tō example rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] . then example (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) .
24She was an example.
24जगत अम्बा का भी देखा लेकिन कई सोचते हैं वह तो जगत अम्बा थी ना . jagat ambā kā bhī dēkhā lēkin kaī sōchtē haĩ vah tō jagat ambā thī nā . jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ambā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] lēkin kaī sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō jagat[n.m.;sg.,d.] ambā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] nā . world mother of too see[past-part.m.sg.d.] but some think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that then world mother be[past.f] ∅ .
25You also saw Jagadamba. 26Some think that she was the World Mother.
25लेकिन दादी आप ब्राह्मण परिवार जैसी साथी थी . lēkin dādī āp brāhmaṇ parivār jaisī sāthī thī . lēkin dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past.f] . but Dadi you Brahmin family like companion be[past.f] .
27However, Dadi was a companion of your Brahmin family.
26उनके मुख से सदैव अगर पुरूषार्थ सुनते वा पूछते तो उनके मुख में एक ही शब्द रहा - अब कर्मातीत बनना है . unkē mukh sē sadaiv agar purūṣhārth suntē vā pūchhtē tō unkē mukh mē̃ ēk hī śhabda rahā - ab karmātīt bannā hai . vah[pn.pl.kē] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sadā agar puruṣhārth sunnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] vā pūchhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō vah[pn.pl.kē] mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] - ab[adv.] karmātīt[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . that[.kē] mouth from constantly if effort listen[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] or ask[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then that[.kē] mouth in one only word (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) - now karmateet become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
28Whenever you heard of her efforts or if you asked her about it, she would always say: We have to become karmateet.
27 कर्मातीत की लगन में औरों को भी यही शब्द बार-बार याद दिलाती रही . karmātīt kī|key lagan mē̃ aurō̃ kō bhī yahī śhabda bār-bār yād dilātī rahī . karmātīt[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yahī[pn.;d.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bār[n.f.;sg.] yād dilānā[past-part.f..pres-part+rahnā] . karmateet (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) love in others to too this word time remind .
29In the deep desire to become karmateet she would also repeatedly remind others of the same thing.
28तो हर ब्राह्मण का अभी लक्ष्य और लक्षण विशेष यही रहना चाहिए , है भी लेकिन नम्बरवार है . tō har|her brāhmaṇ kā abhī lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ viśhēṣh yahī rahnā chāhiē , hai bhī lēkin number-vār hai . tō har|harnā[root]|her brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yahī[pn.;d.] rahnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|rahnā[.oblig3] , hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhī[p.] lēkin number-wār hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then (x|x[root]) Brahmin of now aim and qualification special this (remain[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|remain[.oblig3]) , be[pres.sg.23] too but numberwise be[pres.sg.23] .
30So, for every Brahmin, this should be the special aim and qualification. 31It is, but it is numberwise.
29यही लगन हो अब फरिश्ता बनना ही है . yahī lagan hō ab phariśhtā bannā hī hai . yahī[pn.;d.] lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ab[adv.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this love (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) now angel become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] .
32There should only be this desire now: We definitely have to become angels.
30फरिश्ता अर्थात् इस देह , साकार देह से न्यारा , सदा लाइट के देहधारी . phariśhtā arthāt is dēh , sākār dēh sē nyārā , sadā light kē|K dēhdhārī . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt yah[pn.sg.o.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] , sākār, sākārī[adj.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sadā light kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēhdhārī[adj.] . angel that is this body , sakar body from unique , constantly light (of|K) bodily being .
33Angels means those who are detached from the physical body, those who always have a body of light.
31फरिश्ता अर्थात् इस कर्मेन्द्रियों के राजा . phariśhtā arthāt is karmēndriyō̃ kē|K rājā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt yah[pn.sg.o.] karmēndriy[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] . angel that is this physical organ (of|K) king .
34Angels means kings of the physical organs.
32बापदादा ने पहले भी सुनाया कि सारे सृष्टि चक्र के अन्दर एक ही बापदादा है जो फलक से कहते हैं कि मेरा एक एक बच्चा राजा बच्चा है . bāpdādā nē pahlē bhī sunāyā ki sārē sr̥iṣhṭi chakra kē|K andar ēk hī bāpdādā hai jō phalak sē kahtē haĩ ki mērā ēk ēk bachchā rājā bachchā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bhī[p.] sunānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar ēk[adj.] hī[p.] bāpdādā hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada ∅ (x|firstly) too speak[past-part.m.sg.d.] that the whole world (cycle|x) (of|K) inside one only BapDada be[pres.sg.23] that sparkle of intoxication from say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that I[.kā] one one child king child be[pres.sg.23] . 33स्वराज्य अधिकारी है . svarājya adhikārī hai . svarājya adhikārī[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . self-sovereign be[pres.sg.23] .
35BapDada has also told you earlier that in the whole cycle there is only one BapDada who can say with that pure pride: Each child of Mine is a king-child, a master of the self.
34तो फरिश्ता अर्थात् स्वराज्य अधिकारी . tō phariśhtā arthāt svarājya adhikārī . tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt svarājya adhikārī[x] . then angel that is self-sovereign .
36An angel is one who is a self-sovereign.
35ऐसा स्वराज्य अधिकारी आत्मा , लाइट के स्वरूपधारी . aisā svarājya adhikārī ātmā , light kē|K svarūpadhārī . aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarājya adhikārī[x] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , light kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x . such self-sovereign soul , light (of|K) x .
37Such a self-sovereign is one with a form of light.
36कोई भी ऐसे लाइट के डबल हल्केपन की स्थिति में स्थित होंके अगर कोई को भी मिलते हैं तो उनके मस्तक में आत्मा ज्योति का भान चलते फिरते भी दिखाई देगा . kōī bhī aisē light kē|K double halkēpan kī|key sthiti mē̃ sthit hōṅkē agar kōī kō bhī miltē haĩ tō unkē mastak mē̃ ātmā jyōti kā bhān chaltē phirtē bhī dikhāī dēgā . kōī bhī[x] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] light kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K double halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] x agar kōī[pn.;d.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.pl.kē] mastak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] jyōti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[fut.m.sg.23] . anyone such light (of|K) double lightness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) stage in stabilised x if some to too receive[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.kē] forehead in soul light of awareness continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be visible .
38Whenever you meet anyone who is stable in the light of the double-light stage, then the awareness of the soul, the light, would be visible on that one's forehead.
37अभी यह तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का लक्ष्य और लक्षण सदा इमर्ज रखो . abhī yah tīvr purūṣhārth kā lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ sadā emerge rakhō . ab[adv.hī] yah[pn.sg.d.] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā emerge rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now this intense effort of aim and qualification constantly emerge keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
39Now, always keep the aim and qualifications of intense effort in an emerged form.
38जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप में देखा अगर कोई भी मिलता , दृष्टि लेता तो बात करते-करते क्या दिखाई देता ? jaisē brahmā bāp mē̃ dēkhā agar kōī bhī miltā , dr̥iṣhṭi lētā tō bāt kartē-kartē kyā dikhāī dētā ? jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] agar kōī bhī[x] milnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] lēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] tō bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā dikhānā[past-part.f.]|dikhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ? like Brahma father in see[past-part.m.sg.d.] if anyone receive[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , drishti take[pres-part.m.sg.d.] then matter do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what (x[past-part.f.]|x) give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ?
40You saw what was visible in Father Brahma when anyone met him or took drishti from him.
39और लास्ट में अनुभव किया कि ब्रह्मा बाप ज्यादा बात करते-करते भी मीठी अशरीरी स्थिति में स्थित हो जाता . aur last mē̃ anubhav kiyā ki brahmā bāp jyādā bāt kartē-kartē bhī mīṭhī aśharīrī sthiti mē̃ sthit hō jātā . aur last mē̃[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] aśharīrī[adj.] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sthit[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . and last in experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that Brahma father more matter do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too sweet bodiless stage in stabilised (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
41In the last stages, you experienced that even while talking Father Brahma would mostly remain stable in the sweet bodiless stage.
40दूसरे को भी चाहे कितना भी सर्विस समाचार हो , लेकिन सेकण्ड में अशरीरीपन का अनुभव कराते रहे और बार-बार कोई भी मुरली में चेक करो , बार-बार मैं अशरीरी आत्मा हूँ , आत्मा का पाठ एक ही मुरली में कितने बार याद दिलाता रहा . dūsrē kō bhī chāhē kitnā bhī service samāchār hō , lēkin second mē̃ aśharīrīpan kā anubhav karātē rahē aur bār-bār kōī bhī murlī mē̃ check karō , bār-bār maĩ aśharīrī ātmā hū̃ , ātmā kā pāṭh ēk hī murlī mē̃ kitnē bār yād dilātā rahā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] service[n.f.;sg.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin second mē̃[postp.] aśharīrīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur bār[n.f.;sg.] kōī bhī[x] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bār[n.f.;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aśharīrī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] dilānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] . other to too (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) so too service news (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but second in being bodiless of experience make commit[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) and time anyone flute in check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , time I bodiless soul be[pres.sg.1] , soul of lesson one only flute in so time remembrance x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) .
42No matter how much service news others had to share, Baba would give them the experience of being bodiless in a second. 43And, if you were to check in the murlis, how many times Baba would remind you of the same lesson of the soul again and again, "I am a bodiless soul."
41तो अभी समय अनुसार छोटी-छोटी विस्तार की बातें , स्वभाव-संस्कार की बातें अशरीरी अवस्था से दूर कर देती हैं . tō abhī samay anusār chhōṭī-chhōṭī vistār kī|key bātē̃ , svabhāv-sanskār kī|key bātē̃ aśharīrī avasthā sē dūr kar dētī haĩ . tō ab[adv.hī] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] anusār chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] vistār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , svabhāv-sanskār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aśharīrī[adj.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] sē dūr[x] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā] . then now time according to small expansion (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter , nature or sanskars (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter bodiless stage distant from do[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
44So now, according to the time, the little things of detail, the things of nature and sanskars take you far from the bodiless stage.
42अभी परिवर्तन चाहिए . abhī parivartan chāhiē . ab[adv.hī] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . now transformation (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
45Now, there has to be transformation.
43बापदादा ने देखा सेवा में रिजल्ट अच्छी हो रही है , सेवा के लिए मैजारिटी को उमंग-उत्साह है , प्लैन भी बनाते रहते हैं लेकिन सेवा के साथ , सन्देश देना यह भी आवश्यक है और बापदादा ने आज भी भिन्न-भिन्न वर्ग की , भिन्न-भिन्न स्थान की सेवा की अच्छी रिजल्ट देखी लेकिन अशरीरीपन का वायुमण्डल मेहनत कम और प्रभाव ज्यादा डालता है . bāpdādā nē dēkhā sēvā mē̃ result achchhī hō rahī hai , sēvā kē liē majority kō umaṅg-utsāh hai , plan bhī banātē rahtē haĩ lēkin sēvā kē sāth , sandēśh dēnā yah bhī āvaśhyak hai aur bāpdādā nē āj bhī bhinn-bhinn varg kī|key , bhinn-bhinn sthān kī|key sēvā kī|key achchhī result dēkhī lēkin aśharīrīpan kā vāyumaṇḍal mēhnat cum|kam aur prabhāv jyādā ḍāltā hai . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] result achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] majority kō[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , plan bhī[p.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kē sāth[x] , sandēśh[x] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] āvaśhyak[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur bāpdādā nē[postp.] āj bhī[p.] bhinn[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , bhinn[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] result dēkhnā[past-part.f.] lēkin aśharīrīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] cum|kam[adj.] aur prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ḍālnā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] service in result achcha be[pres.sg.f.prog.23] , service for majority to zeal and enthusiasm be[pres.sg.23] , plan too create[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] but service with , message give[inf.m.sg.d.] this too x be[pres.sg.23] and BapDada ∅ today too different profession (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , different place (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) achcha result see[past-part.f.] but being bodiless of atmosphere effort (x|less) and x more create[pres.sg.m.23] .
46BapDada saw that the result of service is good. 47The majority of you have zeal and enthusiasm for service, and you also continue to make plans, but, together with doing service, it is also necessary to give the message. 48Today, too, BapDada saw the good result of the service of the different wings and different places. 49However, the atmosphere of being bodiless requires less effort and creates a greater impact.
44सुना हुआ अच्छा तो लगता है , लेकिन वायुमण्डल से अशरीरीपन की दृष्टि से अनुभव करते हैं और अनुभव भूलता नहीं है . sunā huā achchhā tō lagtā hai , lēkin vāyumaṇḍal sē aśharīrīpan kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi sē anubhav kartē haĩ aur anubhav bhūltā nahī̃ hai . sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tō lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] aśharīrīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūlnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] achcha then x[pres.sg.m.23] , but atmosphere from being bodiless (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drishti from experience do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and experience forget[pres-part.m.sg.d.] not be[pres.sg.23] .
50Of course, people enjoy what they hear, but they have an experience through the atmosphere and the drishti of being bodiless and an experience is never forgotten.
45तो फरिश्तेपन की धुन अभी सेवा में विशेष एडीशन करो . tō phariśhtēpan kī|key dhun abhī sēvā mē̃ viśhēṣh addition karō . tō phariśhtē-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dhun[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] addition karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then angelic stage (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x now service in special addition do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
51So now, in service, let there be the addition of the concern for becoming angelic.
46कोई न कोई शान्ति का , खुशी का , सुख का , आत्मिक प्रेम का अनुभव कराओ . kōī na kōī śhānti kā , khuśhī kā , sukh kā , ātmik prēm kā anubhav karāō . kōī na kōī[x] śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , ātmik[adj.] prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one .. or another peace of , happiness of , happiness of , soul-conscious love of experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
52Give one or other experience of peace, happiness, joy or spiritual love.
47चलन में प्यार प्रेम और जो खातिरी करते हो , सम्बन्ध से , परिवार से वह तो अनुभव करके जाते हैं लेकिन अतीन्द्रिय सुख की फीलिंग , शान्ति का रूहानी नशा अभी वायुमण्डल और वायब्रेशन द्वारा विशेष अटेन्शन में रखो . chalan mē̃ pyār prēm aur jō khātirī kartē hō , sambandh sē , parivār sē vah tō anubhav karkē jātē haĩ lēkin atīndriya sukh kī|key feeling , śhānti kā rūhānī naśhā abhī vāyumaṇḍal aur vibration dvārā viśhēṣh attention mē̃ rakhō . chalan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] prēm[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur jō[pn.;d.] ḵẖātirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin atīndriya[adj.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key feeling , śhānti kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rūhānī[adj.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ab[adv.hī] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vibration dvārā viśhēṣh[adj.] attention mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . behaviour in love love and that hospitality do[pres.pl.m.2] , relationship from , family from that then experience do[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but x happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling , peace of spiritual intoxication now atmosphere and vibrations through special attention in keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
53Through the love in your behaviour and the hospitality you offer, through your relationships and family, they depart with an experience, but now specially pay attention to giving the feeling of supersensuous joy and spiritual intoxication of peace through the atmosphere and vibrations.
48विशेष अनुभव कराओ , कोई न कोई अनुभव कराओ . viśhēṣh anubhav karāō , kōī na kōī anubhav karāō . viśhēṣh[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī na kōī[x] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . special experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , one .. or another experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
54Give them a special experience of one thing or another.
49जैसे सिस्टम में प्रभावित होके जाते हैं ऐसी सिस्टम परिवार के प्यार की और कहाँ भी नहीं मिलती , ऐसे अभी कोई न कोई शक्ति का , कोई न कोई प्राप्ति का अनुभव करके जायें . jaisē system mē̃ prabhāvit hōkē jātē haĩ aisī system parivār kē|K pyār kī|key aur kahā̃ bhī nahī̃ miltī , aisē abhī kōī na kōī śhakti kā , kōī na kōī prāpti kā anubhav karkē jāyē̃ . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] system mē̃[postp.] prabhāvit[adj.] hōnā[abs.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] system parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aur kahā̃ bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[pres-part.f.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ab[adv.hī] kōī na kōī[x] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kōī na kōī[x] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] jānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . like x in x be[abs.] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] such x family (of|K) love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) and where too not receive[pres-part.f.] , such now one .. or another Shakti of , one .. or another attainment of experience do[abs.] go[opt.pl.12hon3] .
55Just as they depart impressed with the systems they see here - they haven't found such a system of family love anywhere else - so they should depart also having experienced some such power or attainment from here.
50अभी 70-72 वर्ष पूरे हो रहे हैं , इस समय में रिजल्ट में क्या देखा ! abhī 70-72 varṣh pūrē hō rahē haĩ , is samay mē̃ result mē̃ kyā dēkhā ! ab[adv.hī] 70-72 varṣh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , is samay[x] mē̃[postp.] result mē̃[postp.] kyā dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! now 70-72 year full be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , at this time in result in what see[past-part.m.sg.d.] !
56Now, 72 years are coming to an end. 57What did Baba see as a result at the present time?
51मेहनत की है , लेकिन अभी तक ब्रह्माकुमारियां काम कर रही हैं , ब्रह्माकुमारियों का ज्ञान अच्छा है . mēhnat kī hai , lēkin abhī tak brahmākumāriyā̃ kām kar rahī haĩ , brahmākumāriyō̃ kā gyān achchhā hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , lēkin ab[adv.hī] tak brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , brahmākumārī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , but now until Brahma Kumari (task|lust) do[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , Brahma Kumari of knowledge achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
58That you have worked hard, but up to now they have just been saying that the Brahma Kumaris are doing this work and that the knowledge of the Brahma Kumaris is good.
52देने वाला कौन ! dēnē vālā kaun ! dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ! give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who !
59Who is the One who is giving it?
53चलाने वाला कौन ! chalānē vālā kaun ! chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ! x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who who !
60Who is running all of this?
54सोर्स कौन ! source kaun ! source kaun[pn.;d.] ! source who !
61Who is the Source?
55बाबा शब्द आप सबका सुन करके कहते भी हैं बाबा है इन्हों का , लेकिन मेरा वही बाबा है , बाप की प्रत्यक्षता अभी गुप्त रूप में है . bābā śhabda āp sabkā sun karkē kahtē bhī haĩ bābā hai inhō̃ kā , lēkin mērā vahī bābā hai , bāp kī|key pratyakṣhatā abhī gupta rūp mē̃ hai . bābā śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sunnā[root] karnā[abs.] kahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] bābā hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kā] vahī bābā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] ab[adv.hī] gupt[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Baba word you everyone's listen[root] do[abs.] say[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too be[pres.pl.12hon3] Baba be[pres.sg.23] this of , but I[.kā] this Baba be[pres.sg.23] , father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation now incognito Rup in be[pres.sg.23] .
62Hearing the word "Baba" from all of you, they say, "Their Baba", but for them to say, "My Baba is that same One", that revelation of the Father is still incognito.
56बाबा बाबा कहते हैं , लेकिन मेरा बाबा , मैं बाबा का , बाबा मेरा , यह कोटों में कोई निकलता है . bābā bābā kahtē haĩ , lēkin mērā bābā , maĩ bābā kā , bābā mērā , yah kōṭō̃ mē̃ kōī nikaltā hai . bābā bābā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , bābā maĩ[pn.sg.kā] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kōṭ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] . Baba Baba say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , but I[.kā] Baba , I Baba of , Baba I[.kā] , this x in some be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] .
63They say, "Baba, Baba", but it only emerges from a handful out of multimillions. 64"This is My Baba; I belong to Baba and Baba is mine".
57तो संगमयुग का लक्ष्य क्या है ? tō saṅgamyug kā lakṣhya kyā hai ? tō saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then confluence age of aim what be[pres.sg.23] ?
65So, what is the aim of the confluence age?
58हम सब आत्माओं का बाप आ गया , वर्सा तो बाप द्वारा मिलेगा ना ! ham sab ātmāō̃ kā bāp ā gayā , varsā tō bāp dvārā milēgā nā ! ham[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ! we all soul of father come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , inheritance then father through receive[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ !
66That the Father of all of us has come. 67You are going to receive an inheritance from the Father, are you not?
59वह प्रभाव फरिश्ता अवस्था से वायुमण्डल फैलेगा . vah prabhāv phariśhtā avasthā sē vāyumaṇḍal phailēgā . vah[pn.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] phailnā[fut.m.sg.23] . that x angel stage from atmosphere spread[fut.m.sg.23] .
68That influence will spread into the atmosphere through the angelic stage.
60इन्हों की दृष्टि से लाइट मिलती है , इन्हों की दृष्टि में रूहानियत की लाइट नज़र आती है , तो अभी तीव्र पुरूषार्थ का यही लक्ष्य रखो मैं डबल लाइट फरिश्ता हूँ , चलते फिरते फरिश्ता स्वरूप की अनुभूति को बढ़ाओ . inhō̃ kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi sē light miltī hai , inhō̃ kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi mē̃ rūhāniyat kī|key light nazar ātī hai , tō abhī tīvr purūṣhārth kā yahī lakṣhya rakhō maĩ double light phariśhtā hū̃ , chaltē phirtē phariśhtā svarūp kī|key anubhūti kō baṛhāō . yah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] light milnā[pres.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rūḥānīyat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key light nazar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] , tō ab[adv.hī] tīvr[adj.] puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] lakṣhya[adj.] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] double light[x] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key anubhūti[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . this (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drishti from light receive[pres.sg.f.23] , this (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drishti in x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) light glance come[pres.sg.f.23] , then now intense effort of this aim keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I double-light angel be[pres.sg.1] , continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] angel form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) experience to increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
69They say they receive light through your drishti, that "the light of spirituality is visible in their drishti." 70So, now have the aim of making intense effort to become a double-light angel. 71While walking and moving around, increase the experience of the angelic form.
61अशरीरीपन के अनुभव को बढ़ाओ . aśharīrīpan kē|K anubhav kō baṛhāō . aśharīrīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] baṛhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . being bodiless (of|K) experience to increase[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
72Increase the experience of the bodiless stage.
62सेकण्ड में कोई भी संकल्पों को समाप्त करने में , संस्कार स्वभाव में डबल लाइट . second mē̃ kōī bhī saṅkalpō̃ kō samāpt karnē mē̃ , saṅskār svabhāv mē̃ double light . second mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] saṅkalp[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] samāpt[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , saṅskār[x] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] double light[x] . second in anyone thought to finished do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , sanskar nature in double-light .
73Be double-light in your nature and sanskars in order to finish any thoughts within a second.
63कई बच्चे कहते हैं हम तो हल्के रहते हैं लेकिन हमको दूसरे जानते नहीं हैं . kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ ham tō halkē rahtē haĩ lēkin hamkō dūsrē jāntē nahī̃ haĩ . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] tō halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin ham[pn.pl.kō] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we then light remain[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but we[.kō] other know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
74Some children say that they do remain light, but that others don't know them.
64लेकिन ऐसे डबल लाइट फरिश्ता , डबल लाइट उसकी लाइट छिप सकती है . lēkin aisē double light phariśhtā , double light uskī light chhip saktī hai . lēkin aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] double light[x] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , double light[x] vah[pn.sg.kī] light chhipnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] . but such double-light angel , double-light that[.kī] light secretly[pres.sg.f.23.root+saknā] .
75However, the light of such double-light angels, those who are double-light, cannot remain hidden.
65छोटी सी स्थूल लाइट टार्च हो या माचिस की तीली हो लाइट कहाँ भी जलेगी , छिपेगी नहीं और यह तो रूहानी लाइट है तो अपने वायुमण्डल से उन्हों को अनुभव कराओ कि यह कौन हैं ! chhōṭī see|sī|C sthūl light torch hō yā mācis kī|key tīlī hō light kahā̃ bhī jalēgī , chhipēgī nahī̃ aur yah tō rūhānī light hai tō apnē vāyumaṇḍal sē unhō̃ kō anubhav karāō ki yah kaun haĩ ! chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C sthūl[adj.] light torch hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tīlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] light kahā̃ bhī[p.] jalnā[fut.f.sg.23] , chhipnā[fut.f.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] tō rūhānī[adj.] light hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ! small (see|x) physical light torch (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matchstick (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) light where too x[fut.f.sg.23] , secretly[fut.f.sg.23] not and this then spiritual light be[pres.sg.23] then one’s own atmosphere from that to experience make commit[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that this who be[pres.pl.12hon3] !
76Even a small torch light or a lit matchstick cannot remain hidden, whereas this is spiritual light, and so, through your atmosphere, give them the experience of who you are.
66चाहे जगदम्बा चाहे दादी ने कहा नहीं कि मुझे जानते नहीं हैं . chāhē jagadambā chāhē dādī nē kahā nahī̃ ki mujhē jāntē nahī̃ haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] jagadambā[x] chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nē[postp.] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Jagadamba (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) Dadi ∅ say[past-part.m.sg.d.] not that I[.kō] know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
77Whether it was Jagadamba or Dadi, they didn't say that no one knows them.
67अपने वायुमण्डल से सर्व की प्यारी . apnē vāyumaṇḍal sē sarv kī|key pyārī . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sarv[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . one’s own atmosphere from all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) loving .
78Through their atmosphere, they remained loving to all.
68इसीलिए दादी का मिसाल देते हैं क्योंकि ब्रह्मा बाप के लिए भी सोचते हैं ब्रह्मा बाबा में तो शिवबाबा था , शिव बाप के लिए भी सोचते कि वह तो है ही निराकार , न्यारा और निराकार , हम तो स्थूल शरीरधारी हैं . isīliē dādī kā misāl dētē haĩ kyōṅki brahmā bāp kē liē bhī sōchtē haĩ brahmā bābā mē̃ tō śhivbābā thā , śhiv bāp kē liē bhī sōchtē ki vah tō hai hī nirākār , nyārā aur nirākār , ham tō sthūl śharīrdhārī haĩ . isīliē dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] misāl[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyōṅki brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] sōchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] brahmā bābā[x] mē̃[postp.] tō śhivbābā hōnā[past.m.sg] , śhiv bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] vah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nirākār[adj.] , nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aur nirākār[adj.] , ham[pn.pl.] tō sthūl[adj.] śharīrdhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x Dadi of example give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] because Brahma father for too think[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x in then Shiv Baba be[past.m.sg] , Shiva father for too think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that that then be[pres.sg.23] only incorporeal , unique and incorporeal , we then physical bodily being be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
79This is why the example of Dadi is given because, for Father Brahma, you think that Shiv Baba was in him. 80For Father Shiva, you think: "He is incorporeal anyway; He is detached and incorporeal whereas we are corporeal bodily beings.
69इतने बड़े संगठन में रहने वाले हैं , हर एक के संस्कार के बीच में रहने वाले हैं , संस्कार को मिलाना अर्थात् फरिश्ता बनना . itnē baṛē saṅgaṭhan mē̃ rahnē vālē haĩ , har ēk kē|K saṅskār kē|K bīch mē̃ rahnē vālē haĩ , saṅskār kō milānā arthāt phariśhtā bannā . itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , har ēk[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] milānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . such very gathering in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , each one (of|K) sanskar (of|K) centre in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] , sanskar to x[inf.m.sg.d.] that is angel become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
81We are living in such a big gathering, we are living in the midst of everyone's sanskars." 82To harmonise the sanskars means to become an angel.
70संस्कार को देख कई बच्चे दिलशिकस्त भी हो जाते हैं , बाबा बहुत अच्छा , ब्रह्मा बाप बहुत अच्छा , ज्ञान बहुत अच्छा , प्राप्तियां बहुत अच्छी , लेकिन संस्कार स्वभाव मिलाना अर्थात् सर्व के प्यारे बनना . saṅskār kō dēkh kaī bachchē dilśhikasta bhī hō jātē haĩ , bābā bahut achchhā , brahmā bāp bahut achchhā , gyān bahut achchhā , prāptiyā̃ bahut achchhī , lēkin saṅskār svabhāv milānā arthāt sarv kē|K pyārē bannā . saṅskār[x] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dilśhikast[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , bābā bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , lēkin saṅskār[x] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[inf.m.sg.d.] arthāt sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . sanskar to see[root] some child disheartened too be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , Baba very achcha , Brahma father very achcha , knowledge very achcha , attainment very achcha , but sanskar nature x[inf.m.sg.d.] that is all (of|K) loving become[inf.m.sg.d.] . 71कोई कोई के प्यारे नहीं , क्योंकि कई बच्चे कहते हैं कि कोई कोई से प्यार विशेषता को देख करके भी हो जाता है . kōī kōī kē|K pyārē nahī̃ , kyōṅki kaī bachchē kahtē haĩ ki kōī kōī sē pyār viśhēṣhtā kō dēkh karkē bhī hō jātā hai . kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] , kyōṅki kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . some some (of|K) loving not , because some child say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that some some from love speciality to see[root] do[abs.] too be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
83Seeing the sanskars, some children become disheartened. 84Baba is very good, Father Brahma is very good, knowledge is very good, the attainment is very good. 85However, to harmonise your sanskars means to be loving to everyone, not loving to just some, because some children say that you develop love for some on seeing their speciality.
72इनका भाषण बहुत अच्छा है , इसमें फलानी विशेषता बहुत अच्छी है , वाणी बहुत अच्छी है , फरिश्ता बनने में यह विघ्न आता है . inkā bhāṣhaṇ bahut achchhā hai , ismē̃ phalānī viśhēṣhtā bahut achchhī hai , vāṇī bahut achchhī hai , phariśhtā bannē mē̃ yah vighna ātā hai . yah[pn.pl.kā] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.mē̃] phalānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vāṇī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . this[.kā] lecture very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this[.mē̃] x speciality very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , words very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in this obstacle come[pres.sg.m.23] .
86"This one's lecture is very good. 87This one has this very good speciality. 88This one speaks very well." 89These obstacles come in your becoming angels.
73प्यारा भले बनाओ , लेकिन मैं आत्मा न्यारी हूँ , न्यारी स्टेज से प्यारा बनाओ . pyārā bhalē banāō , lēkin maĩ ātmā nyārī hū̃ , nyārī stage sē pyārā banāō . pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.d.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , nyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] stage sē[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . loving benefit create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , but I soul unique be[pres.sg.1] , unique stage from loving create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
90You may be loving, but you, the soul, are detached: be loving to all with your stage of detachment.
74विशेषता से प्यारा नहीं . viśhēṣhtā sē pyārā nahī̃ . viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . speciality from loving not .
91Do not be loving because of the speciality.
75यह इसका गुण मुझे बहुत अच्छा लगता है ना वह धारण भले करो लेकिन इसके कारण सिर्फ प्यारा बनना वह रांग है . yah iskā guṇ mujhē bahut achchhā lagtā hai nā vah dhāraṇ bhalē karō lēkin iskē kāraṇ sirph pyārā bannā vah wrong hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.kā] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] maĩ[pn.sg.kō] bahut achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā vah[pn.sg.d.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin yah[pn.sg.kē] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sirph[adj.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] wrong hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this this[.kā] virtue I[.kō] very enjoy ∅ that adopting benefit do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but this[.kē] because only loving become[inf.m.sg.d.] that x be[pres.sg.23] .
92"I like this one's virtue very much." 93You may imbibe that, but to be loving just because of that is wrong.
76फरिश्ता सभी का प्यारा . phariśhtā sabhī kā pyārā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . angel all of loving .
94An angel loves everyone.
77हर एक कहे मेरा , अपनापन , ऐसी फरिश्ते अवस्था में विघ्न दो चीज़ें डालती हैं . har ēk kahē mērā , apnāpan , aisī phariśhtē avasthā mē̃ vighna dō chīzē̃ ḍāltī haĩ . har ēk[x] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] , apnāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] vighna[n.m.;sg.,d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] chīz[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ḍālnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . each one (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) I[.kā] , consciousness of “I” , such angel stage in obstacle (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) thing create[pres.pl.f.12hon3] .
95Each one should say, "Mine". 96There should be the feeling of belonging. 97Two things create obstacles to such an angelic stage.
78एक तो देह भान , वह तो नेचुरल सबको अनुभव है , 63 जन्म का फिर फिर देहभान प्रगट हो जाता है और दूसरा है देह अभिमान , देह भान और देह अभिमान , ज्ञान में जितना आगे जाते हैं , तो स्वयं के प्रति भी कभी कभी देह अभिमान आ जाता है , वह अभिमान नीचे गिराता है , देह - अभिमान क्या आता है ? ēk tō dēh bhān , vah tō natural sabkō anubhav hai , 63 janm kā phir phir dēhbhān pragaṭ hō jātā hai aur dūsrā hai dēh abhimān , dēh bhān aur dēh abhimān , gyān mē̃ jitnā āgē jātē haĩ , tō svayã kē prati bhī kabhī kabhī dēh abhimān ā jātā hai , vah abhimān nīchē girātā hai , dēh - abhimān kyā ātā hai ? ēk[adj.] tō dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] tō natural sabkō anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] pragaṭ[adj.]|pragaṭnā[root] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āgē jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō svayã kē prati[x] bhī[p.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] nīchē girānā[pres.sg.m.23] , dēh[n.f.;sg.] - abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? one then body awareness , that then natural everything experience be[pres.sg.23] , 63 (life|be born[root]) of (turn[root]|then) (turn[root]|then) body consciousness (x|x[root]) be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] and other be[pres.sg.23] body arrogance , body awareness and body arrogance , knowledge in the more previously go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then x for too ever ever body arrogance come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] , that arrogance down x[pres.sg.m.23] , body - arrogance what come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
98One is the awareness (bhaan) of the body and everyone has the natural experience of that; the awareness of the body of 63 births arises naturally. 99The other is the ego (abhimaan) of the body. 100The awareness of the body and the ego of the body. 101The further you progress in knowledge, the more you sometimes have ego about your own self and that ego brings you down. 102Why is there ego of the body?
79जो भी कोई विशेषता है ना , उस विशेषता के कारण अभिमान रहता है , मैं कोई कम हूँ , मेरा भाषण सबको पसन्द आता है . jō bhī kōī viśhēṣhtā hai nā , us viśhēṣhtā kē|K kāraṇ abhimān rahtā hai , maĩ kōī cum|kam hū̃ , mērā bhāṣhaṇ sabkō pasand ātā hai . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bhāṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabkō pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . that too some speciality be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that speciality (of|K) because arrogance remain[pres.sg.m.23] , I some (x|less) be[pres.sg.1] , I[.kā] lecture everything love come[pres.sg.m.23] .
103Whatever speciality you have, there is arrogance because of that speciality. 104"Am I any less? 105Everyone loves my lectures.
80मेरी सेवा का प्रभाव पड़ता है , कोई भी कला मेरी हैंडलिंग बहुत अच्छी है , मेरा कोर्स कराना बहुत अच्छा . mērī sēvā kā prabhāv paṛtā hai , kōī bhī kalā mērī handling bahut achchhī hai , mērā course karānā bahut achchhā . maĩ[pn.sg.kī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] , kōī bhī[x] kalā[n.f.;sg.] maĩ[pn.sg.kī] handling bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] course karānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . I[.kī] service of x fall[pres.sg.m.23] , anyone degree I[.kī] handling very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kā] course make commit[inf.m.sg.d.] very achcha .
106The service that I do creates an impact. 107My handling is very good. 108The way I give courses is good."
81कोई न कोई ज्ञान में आगे बढ़ने में , सेवा में आगे बढ़ने में यह अभिमान अपने प्रति भी आता और दूसरे के गुण या कला , या विशेषता प्रति भी प्यार हो जाता . kōī na kōī gyān mē̃ āgē baṛhnē mē̃ , sēvā mē̃ āgē baṛhnē mē̃ yah abhimān apnē prati bhī ātā aur dūsrē kē|K guṇ yā kalā , yā viśhēṣhtā prati bhī pyār hō jātā . kōī na kōī[x] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] prati bhī[p.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā kalā[n.f.;sg.] , yā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] prati bhī[p.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . one .. or another knowledge in previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] in , service in previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] in this arrogance one’s own for too come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and other (of|K) virtue or degree , or speciality for too love (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
109As you make further progress in knowledge or in service, there is this arrogance of the self, or you have love for the virtue, talent or speciality of others.
82लेकिन याद कौन आयेगा ? lēkin yād kaun āyēgā ? lēkin yād[n.f.;sg.] kaun[pn.;d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? but remembrance who come[fut.m.sg.23] ?
110However, whom would you remember?
83देहभान ही याद आयेगा ना , फलाना बुद्धि का बहुत अच्छा है , मेरी हैंडलिंग बहुत अच्छी है , यह अभिमान सेवा वा पुरूषार्थ में आगे बढ़ने वालों को अभिमान के रूप में आता है . dēhbhān hī yād āyēgā nā , phalānā buddhi kā bahut achchhā hai , mērī handling bahut achchhī hai , yah abhimān sēvā vā purūṣhārth mē̃ āgē baṛhnē vālō̃ kō abhimān kē|K rūp mē̃ ātā hai . dēhbhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] nā , phalānā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , maĩ[pn.sg.kī] handling bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vā puruṣhārth mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . body consciousness only remembrance come[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ , x intellect of very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , I[.kī] handling very achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this arrogance service or effort in previously grow[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to arrogance (of|K) Rup in come[pres.sg.m.23] .
111You would only remember body consciousness. 112"So and so has a very good intellect. 113My handling is very good." 114Those who move forward in service or their efforts have this arrogance.
84तो यह भी चेक करना है , और अभिमान वाले को अभिमान है इसको चेक करने का साधन है , अभिमान वाले को जरा भी कोई ने अपमान किया , उसके विचार का , उसकी राय का , उसकी कला का , उसकी हैंडलिंग का अपमान बहुत जल्दी महसूस होगा . tō yah bhī check karnā hai , aur abhimān vālē kō abhimān hai iskō check karnē kā sādhan hai , abhimān vālē kō jarā bhī kōī nē apmān kiyā , uskē vichār kā , uskī rāy kā , uskī kalā kā , uskī handling kā apmān bahut jaldī mahsūs hōgā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] check karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , aur abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.kō] check karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] nē[postp.] apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , uskā[pn.sg.kē] vichār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] rāy[n.f.;sg.]|rāy[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] handling kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut jaldī mahsūs[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . then this too check do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , and arrogance those who to arrogance be[pres.sg.23] this[.kō] check do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities be[pres.sg.23] , arrogance those who to x too some ∅ disrespect do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , of that[.kē] x of , that[.kī] (x) of , that[.kī] degree of , that[.kī] handling of disrespect very very quickly experienced be[fut.m.sg.23] .
115So check this. 116The method to check whether those who have arrogance truly do have that arrogance is: Whenever someone insults (apmaan) them or their ideas, advice, talent or their handling even slightly, they will very quickly have feelings about that.
85और अपमान महसूस हुआ , उसकी और सूक्ष्म निशानी क्रोध का अंश पैदा होता है , रोब . aur apmān mahsūs huā , uskī aur sūkṣhma niśhānī krōdh kā aṅśh paidā hōtā hai , rōb . aur apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahsūs[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] aur sūkṣhma[adj.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] aṅśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paidā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , rōb[n.m.;sg.,d.] . and disrespect experienced be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that[.kī] and subtle sign anger of trace born be[pres.sg.m.23] , bossiness .
117And when they feel insulted, an even more subtle sign of that is that it will create anger in them; there is also bossiness.
86वह फरिश्ता बनने नहीं देता . vah phariśhtā bannē nahī̃ dētā . vah[pn.sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . that angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] not give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
118That will not allow you to become angels.
87तो वर्तमान समय के हिसाब से बापदादा फिर से इशारा दे रहा है , अपना संगमयुग का लास्ट स्वरूप फरिश्ता अब जीवन में प्रत्यक्ष करो , साकार में लाओ . tō vartamān samay kē|K hisāb sē bāpdādā phir sē iśhārā dē rahā hai , apnā saṅgamyug kā last svarūp phariśhtā ab jīvan mē̃ pratyakṣha karō , sākār mē̃ lāō . tō vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bāpdādā phir sē[x] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] last svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ab[adv.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then present time (of|K) account from BapDada again signal give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , (adopt[root]|one’s own) confluence age of last form angel now life in visible do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sakar in x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
119So, according to the present time, BapDada is giving you a signal once again: Reveal in your life the angelic form, the last form of the confluence age. 120Bring it into the corporeal form.
88फरिश्ता बनने से अशरीरी बनना बहुत सहज हो जायेगा . phariśhtā bannē sē aśharīrī bannā bahut sahaj hō jāyēgā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] aśharīrī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] . angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] from bodiless become[inf.m.sg.d.] very easy be[fut.m.sg.23.root+jānā] .
121By becoming an angel, it will become very easy to become bodiless.
89अपनी चेकिंग करो , सूक्ष्म रूप में भी लगाव कोई विशेषता या अपनी या और किसकी , अभिमान तो नहीं है ? apnī checking karō , sūkṣhma rūp mē̃ bhī lagāv kōī viśhēṣhtā yā apnī yā aur kiskī , abhimān tō nahī̃ hai ? apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] checking karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sūkṣhma[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] lagāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] yā apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] yā aur kaun[pn.sg.kī] , abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? one’s own x do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , subtle Rup in too attachment some speciality or one’s own or and who[.kī] , arrogance then not be[pres.sg.23] ?
122Check yourself: There isn't attachment even to your own speciality or to someone else's, even in a subtle way, is there? 123Is there any arrogance?
90कई बच्चों की छोटी सी बात भी होगी ना , तो अवस्था नीचे ऊपर हो जाती है . kaī bachchō̃ kī|key chhōṭī see|sī|C bāt bhī hōgī nā , tō avasthā nīchē ūpar hō jātī hai . kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C bāt[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[fut.f.sg.23] nā , tō avasthā[n.f.;sg.] nīchē ūpar hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . some child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) small (see|x) matter too be[fut.f.sg.23] ∅ , then stage down over be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
124Sometimes, even over a trivial matter, some children's stage fluctuates.
91दिलखुश , चेहरा खुश उसके बजाए या चिंतन वाला चेहरा या चिंता वाला चेहरा , और चलते चलते दिलशिकस्त भी हो जाते . dilkhuśh , chēhrā khuśh uskē bajāē yā chintan vālā chēhrā yā chintā vālā chēhrā , aur chaltē chaltē dilśhikasta bhī hō jātē . dilkhuśh[adj.] , chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khuśh[adj.] uskā[pn.sg.kē] bajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bajānā[opt.sg.23]|bajāē yā chintan[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yā chintā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , aur chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] dilśhikast[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . dilkush , face happy of that[.kē] (play[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|play[opt.sg.23]|x) or churning those who face or worry those who face , and continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] disheartened too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
125Then, instead of having a happy heart and a happy face, either their face is full of thoughts or full of worry, and while moving along they become disheartened.
92दिलखुश के बजाए दिलशिकस्त . dilkhuśh kē bajāē dilśhikasta . dilkhuśh[adj.] kē bajāē[x] dilśhikast[adj.] . dilkush instead of disheartened .
126Instead of being happy-hearted, you become disheartened.
93तो समझा , अब अपने संगमयुग की लास्ट स्टेज फरिश्तेपन के संस्कार इमर्ज करो . tō samjhā , ab apnē saṅgamyug kī|key last stage phariśhtēpan kē|K saṅskār emerge karō . tō samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ab[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key last stage phariśhtē-pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] emerge karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) , now one’s own confluence age (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) last stage angelic stage (of|K) sanskar emerge do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
127So, do you understand? 128Now, make the sanskars of the angelic stage, the last stage of the confluence age emerge.
94जैसे ब्रह्मा बाप को देखा , फॉलो फादर करना है ना . jaisē brahmā bāp kō dēkhā , follow father karnā hai nā . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , follow father[x] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . like Brahma father to see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , follow the Father do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ .
129You saw Father Brahma. 130You have to follow the father, do you not?
95बात करते करते लास्ट में कई बच्चों को अनुभव है , सुनाने आये समाचार लेकिन समाचार से परे , आवाज से परे स्थिति का अनुभव किया हुआ देखा है . bāt kartē kartē last mē̃ kaī bachchō̃ kō anubhav hai , sunānē āyē samāchār lēkin samāchār sē parē , āvāj sē parē sthiti kā anubhav kiyā huā dēkhā hai . bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] last mē̃[postp.] kaī bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēkin samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] par , āvāz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] par sthiti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . matter do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] last in some child to experience be[pres.sg.23] , speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) news but news from other , noise from other stage of experience do[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
131Many children experienced in the last stages, when they came to relate their news, that Baba was beyond the news, beyond sound.
96बातों का समाचार सुनाने , बहुत प्लैन बनाकर आते यह बताऊंगा , यह बताऊंगा , यह पूछूंगा लेकिन सामने आते क्या बोलना था वही भूल जाता . bātō̃ kā samāchār sunānē , bahut plan banākar ātē yah batāūṅgā , yah batāūṅgā , yah pūchūṅgā lēkin sāmnē ātē kyā bōlnā thā vahī bhūl jātā . bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] , bahut plan banānā[abs.] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] yah[pn.sg.d.] batānā[fut.m.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] batānā[fut.m.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] x lēkin sāmnē ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā bōlnā[past.m.sg.oblig1] vahī bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . matter of news speak[inf.m.pl.,o.] , very plan create[abs.] come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] this tell[fut.m.sg.1] , this tell[fut.m.sg.1] , this x but x come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] what speak[past.m.sg.oblig1] this (forget[root]|mistake) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
132They would come to relate news of situations, they would come having made many plans, thinking, "I will tell Baba about this and this. 133I will ask Baba this", but when they came in front of Baba, they would forget what they had to say.
97तो यह है फरिश्ता अवस्था . tō yah hai phariśhtā avasthā . tō yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] avasthā[n.f.;sg.] . then this be[pres.sg.23] angel stage .
134That is the angelic stage.
98तो क्या आज पाठ पक्का किया ? tō kyā āj pāṭh pakkā kiyā ? tō kyā āj pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? then what today lesson firm do[past-part.m.sg.d.] ?
135So, what lesson did you make firm today?
99मैं कौन ? maĩ kaun ? maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? I who ?
136Who am I?
100फरिश्ता . phariśhtā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . angel .
137An angel.
101किसी बातों से , किसी विशेषताओं से , अपनी विशेषता से , देह अभिमान से परे डबल लाइट फरिश्ता क्योंकि फरिश्ता बनने के बिना देवता का ऊंचा पद नहीं मिलेगा . kisī bātō̃ sē , kisī viśhēṣhatāō̃ sē , apnī viśhēṣhtā sē , dēh abhimān sē parē double light phariśhtā kyōṅki phariśhtā bannē kē|K binā dēvtā kā ūñchā pad nahī̃ milēgā . kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] , kuchh[pn.sg.o.]|kōī[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] , dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] par double light[x] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kyōṅki phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . (anything|some) matter from , (anything|some) speciality from , one’s own speciality from , body arrogance from other double-light angel because angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) without deity of elevated status not receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
138Remain beyond situations, specialities, your own specialities and the awareness of the body. 139Be a double-light angel because without becoming an angel you cannot claim a high status of a deity.
102सतयुग में तो आ जायेंगे , क्योंकि बच्चे बने हैं , वर्सा तो मिलेगा लेकिन श्रेष्ठ पद नहीं . satyug mē̃ tō ā jāyēṅgē , kyōṅki bachchē banē haĩ , varsā tō milēgā lēkin śhrēṣhṭh pad nahī̃ . satyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] tō ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , kyōṅki bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , varsā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō milnā[fut.m.sg.23] lēkin śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] pad[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . golden age in then come[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] , because child become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , inheritance then receive[fut.m.sg.23] but elevated status not .
140You will go to the golden age, because you have become the children, and you will receive the inheritance, but not an elevated status.
103जो वायदा है सदा साथ रहेंगे , साथ साथ राज्य करेंगे , तख्त पर भले नहीं बैठे लेकिन राज्य अधिकारी बनें , वहाँ की राज्य सभा देखी है ना . jō vāydā hai sadā sāth rahē̃gē , sāth sāth rājya karē̃gē , takht par bhalē nahī̃ baiṭhē lēkin rājya adhikārī banē̃ , vahā̃ kī|key rājya sabhā dēkhī hai nā . jō[pn.;d.] vāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] sadā sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] rājya karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin rājya adhikārī[x] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] , vahā̃ karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . that promise be[pres.sg.23] constantly with remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , with with x , throne (at|other) benefit not (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) but master become[opt.pl.12hon3] , there (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) kingdom court see[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
141You made the promise, that you will always remain together, that you will rule together. 142You may not sit on the throne, but at least you would claim a right to the royal family. 143You have seen the royal court of that place, have you not?
104जो भी राज्य सभा के अधिकारी हैं , वह तिलक और ताजधारी , राज्य तिलक , राज्य की निशानी ताज . jō bhī rājya sabhā kē|K adhikārī haĩ , vah tilak aur tājdhārī , rājya tilak , rājya kī niśhānī tāj . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tājdhārī[adj.] , rājya[n.m.;sg.,d.] tilak[n.m.;sg.,d.] , rājya karnā[past-part.f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] . that too kingdom court (of|K) (one) who has a right be[pres.pl.12hon3] , that tilak and crowned , kingdom tilak , x sign crown .
144Those who have a right to the royal court also have a tilak and a crown; the tilak of the kingdom, and the sign of a kingdom is the crown.
105तो बहुत समय से स्वराज्य अधिकारी , बीच-बीच में नहीं . tō bahut samay sē svarājya adhikārī , bīch-bīch mē̃ nahī̃ . tō bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] svarājya adhikārī[x] , bīch-bīch mē̃[x] nahī̃[neg] . then very time from self-sovereign , x not .
145So, be a self- sovereign over a long period of time, not just every now and then.
106बहुत समय के स्वराज्य अधिकारी तख्त पर भले नहीं बैठे लेकिन रॉयल फैमिली के अधिकारी बन जाते हैं . bahut samay kē|K svarājya adhikārī takht par bhalē nahī̃ baiṭhē lēkin royal family kē|K adhikārī ban jātē haĩ . bahut samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K svarājya adhikārī[x] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] baiṭhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|baiṭhnā[opt.sg.23] lēkin royal family[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . very time (of|K) self-sovereign throne (at|other) benefit not (sit[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sit[opt.sg.23]) but royal family (of|K) (one) who has a right become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
146Although a self-sovereign over a long period of time may not sit on the throne, he would at least claim a right to become part of the royal family.
107अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
147Achcha.
108अच्छा आज जो पहली बारी आये हैं वह उठो . achchhā āj jō pahlī bārī āyē haĩ vah uṭhō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āj jō[pn.;d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha today that x x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
148Those who have come here for the first time, stand up!
109अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
110पौनी सभा तो उठी हुई है . paunī sabhā tō uṭhī huī hai . paunā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sabhā[n.f.;sg.] tō uṭhnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . three quarters court then wake up[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
149At least three-quarters of the gathering has got up.
111अच्छा जो भी पहली बारी आये हैं उन सभी को बाप से साकार में मिलने की , पहले बारी की जन्म की मुबारक हो . achchhā jō bhī pahlī bārī āyē haĩ un sabhī kō bāp sē sākār mē̃ milnē kī|key , pahlē bārī kī|key janm kī|key mubārak hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sākār, sākārī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . achcha that too x x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that all to father from sakar in receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , (x|firstly) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (life|be born[root]) (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
150Birthday congratulations for meeting the Father in the corporeal form to those who have come here physically for the first time.
112बापदादा का सभी आये हुए बच्चों को यही वरदान है कि आये , टूलेट के समय हैं लेकिन नये आये हुए बच्चों प्रति एक विशेष वरदान है कि कभी भी यह संकल्प नहीं करना कि हम आगे कैसे जा सकते ? bāpdādā kā sabhī āyē huē bachchō̃ kō yahī vardān hai ki āyē , toolate kē|K samay haĩ lēkin nayē āyē huē bachchō̃ prati ēk viśhēṣh vardān hai ki kabhī bhī yah saṅkalp nahī̃ karnā ki ham āgē kaisē jā saktē ? bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , too late kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] prati ēk[adj.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] yah[pn.sg.d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] āgē kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? BapDada of all (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child to this blessing be[pres.sg.23] that (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , too late (of|K) time be[pres.pl.12hon3] but new (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] child for one special blessing be[pres.sg.23] that ever too this thought not do[inf.m.sg.d.] that we previously how go[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
151BapDada gives all the children who have come here the blessing: You have come at the time of 'Too Late', but there is a special blessing for the new children who have come. 152Never have the thought, "How can we go forward?"
113टूलेट आने वालों को अभी तो लेट में आये हो टूलेट में नहीं आये हो . toolate ānē vālō̃ kō abhī tō late|lēṭ mē̃ āyē hō toolate mē̃ nahī̃ āyē hō . too late ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] tō late|lēṭnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] too late mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . too late (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who to now then (late|lie down[root]) in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] too late in not come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . 114और अभी आप सबको विशेष बापदादा और निमित्त बने हुए ब्राह्मण परिवार के भाई बहिनों की विशेष सहयोग की भावना है कि अगर आप थोड़े समय को एक एक सेकण्ड को सफल करने का , क्योंकि थोड़े समय में बहुत पाना है , एक सेकण्ड भी व्यर्थ नहीं गंवाना , कर्मयोगी बनके चलना , कर्म नहीं छोड़ना है लेकिन कर्म में योग एड करते , कर्म और योग का बैलेन्स रखना है . aur abhī āp sabkō viśhēṣh bāpdādā aur nimitt banē huē brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K bhāī bahinō̃ kī|key viśhēṣh sahyōg kī|key bhāvnā hai ki agar āp thōṛē samay kō ēk ēk second kō saphal karnē kā , kyōṅki thōṛē samay mē̃ bahut pānā hai , ēk second bhī vyarth nahī̃ ganvānā , karmayōgī bankē chalnā , karma nahī̃ chhōṛnā hai lēkin karma mē̃ yōg add kartē , karma aur yōg kā balance rakhnā hai . aur ab[adv.hī] āp[pn.pl.] sabkō viśhēṣh[adj.] bāpdādā aur nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhāvnā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] agar āp[pn.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] second kō[postp.] saphal[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , kyōṅki thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut pānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , ēk[adj.] second bhī[p.] vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ganvānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , karmyōgī[adj.] bannā[abs.] chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] add karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur yōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance rakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . and now you everything special BapDada and instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] Brahmin family (of|K) (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special cooperation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling be[pres.sg.23] that if you short time to one one second to successful do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of , because short time in very x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , one second too wasteful not lose[inf.m.sg.d.] , karma yogi become[abs.] continue[inf.m.sg.d.] , deed not renounce[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but deed in yoga add do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , deed and yoga of balance keep[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
153For those who have come 'Too Late' - at present, you have come at the time of being late, you are not too late, and BapDada and the brothers and sisters of the Brahmin family have special feelings of co- operation for all of you. 154In the short time left, use every second in a worthwhile way, because in a short time, you have to attain a lot. 155You must not waste even a second. 156Continue to move along as a karma yogi. 157Do not stop performing actions, but add yoga to karma and keep a balance of karma and yoga.
115तो बैलेन्स रखने वाले को ब्लैसिंग एकस्ट्रा मिलती है . tō balance rakhnē vālē kō blessing extra miltī hai . tō balance rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] blessing extra milnā[pres.sg.f.23] . then balance keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who to blessing extra receive[pres.sg.f.23] .
158So, those who keep a balance receive extra blessings.
116तो जो भी लेट में आये हो , टूलेट अभी आगे लगना है , आपको चांस है , थोड़े समय में बहुत पुरूषार्थ कर सकते हो . tō jō bhī late|lēṭ mē̃ āyē hō , toolate abhī āgē lagnā hai , āpkō chance hai , thōṛē samay mē̃ bahut purūṣhārth kar saktē hō . tō jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] late|lēṭnā[root] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , too late ab[adv.hī] āgē lagnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , āp[pn.pl.kō] chance hōnā[pres.sg.23] , thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bahut puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . then that too (late|lie down[root]) in come[pres-perf.pl.m.2] , too late now previously x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] , you[.kō] chance be[pres.sg.23] , short time in very effort do[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
159Those who have come late - it will be too late in the future - still have a chance. 160You can make a lot of effort in a short time.
117बापदादा वरदान देते हैं कि हिम्मते बच्चे मददे बाप है ही . bāpdādā vardān dētē haĩ ki himmatē bachchē madadē bāp hai hī . bāpdādā vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] himmat bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] madad bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] . BapDada blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that courage child x father be[pres.sg.23] only .
161BapDada is giving the blessing: When you children maintain courage, you definitely receive help from the Father.
118सेवा का टर्न गुजरात का है : अच्छा गुजरात के जो नये पहली बारी आये हैं वह उठो . sēvā kā turn gujarāt kā hai : achchhā gujarāt kē|K jō nayē pahlī bārī āyē haĩ vah uṭhō . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jō[pn.;d.] nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . service of you Gujarat of be[pres.sg.23] : achcha Gujarat (of|K) that new x x come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
162It is the turn of Gujarat to serve everyone: Achcha, the new ones who have come here for the first time from Gujarat, stand up!
119जो बाप से पहले बारी मिलने आये हैं गुजरात के , हाथ हिलाओ . jō bāp sē pahlē bārī milnē āyē haĩ gujarāt kē|K , hāth hilāō . jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē pahlē[x] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that father x x receive[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] Gujarat (of|K) , hand make fluctuate[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
163Those who have come here to meet the Father the first time from Gujarat, wave your hands!
120 ( गुजरात से 6 हजार आये हैं ) अच्छा हुआ , आ तो गये . ( gujarāt sē 6 hajār āyē haĩ ) achchhā huā , ā tō gayē . ( gujarāt sē[postp.] 6 hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , ānā[root] tō jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . ( Gujarat from 6 1000 come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achcha be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , come[root] then go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
164(6000 have come from Gujarat.) 165It is good that you have all come.
121अपना मधुबन बापदादा का मधुबन तो देखा . apnā madhuban bāpdādā kā madhuban tō dēkhā . apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (adopt[root]|one’s own) Madhuban BapDada of Madhuban then see[past-part.m.sg.d.] . 122इसकी भी मुबारक हो . iskī bhī mubārak hō . yah[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this[.kī] too congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
166You saw your Madhuban, BapDada's Madhuban, and so congratulations for that.
123अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 124अभी सभी गुजरात के उठो . abhī sabhī gujarāt kē|K uṭhō . ab[adv.hī] sab[adv.hī] gujarāt kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K uṭhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now all Gujarat (of|K) wake up[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
167Achcha, all those from Gujarat, stand up!
125बापदादा शुरू से गुजरात को मधुबन का कमरा समझते हैं . bāpdādā śhurū sē gujarāt kō madhuban kā kamrā samajhtē haĩ . bāpdādā śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] gujarāt kō[postp.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kamrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . BapDada beginning from Gujarat to Madhuban of x understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
168From the beginning, BapDada has considered Gujarat to be a room of Madhuban.
126सबसे नजदीक सहयोगी , स्नेही और अभी वर्तमान समय बापदादा ने देखा रिजल्ट में तो जो बापदादा ने होमवर्क दिया था , कि हर एक जोन आपस में मिलके जोन को निर्विघ्न बनाने का प्रोग्राम बनाके और निर्विघ्न बनाओ , तो बापदादा ने देखा सभी जोन अपने अपने रूप में करते होंगे लेकिन गुजरात ने हर मास में रिकार्ड दिखाया , हर मास में टापिक और समाचार की लेन देन इससे संगठन में उमंग आता है . sabsē najdīk sahyōgī , snēhī aur abhī vartamān samay bāpdādā nē dēkhā result mē̃ tō jō bāpdādā nē homework diyā thā , ki har ēk zone āpas mē̃ milkē zone kō nirvighna banānē kā programme banākē aur nirvighna banāō , tō bāpdādā nē dēkhā sabhī zone apnē apnē rūp mē̃ kartē hōṅgē lēkin gujarāt nē har|her mās mē̃ record dikhāyā , har|her mās mē̃ topic aur samāchār kī|key lēn dēn issē saṅgaṭhan mē̃ umaṅg ātā hai . sabsē nazdīk sahyōgī[adj.] , snēhī[adj.] aur ab[adv.hī] vartamān[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] result mē̃[postp.] tō jō[pn.;d.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] home work dēnā[past-perf.m.sg.] , ki[conj.] har ēk[x] zone āpas mē̃[x] milnā[abs.] zone kō[postp.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] programme banānā[abs.] aur nirvighna[adj.] banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , tō bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] zone apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin gujarāt nē[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] record dikhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , har|harnā[root]|her mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] topic aur samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.sē] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . the most x co-operative , loving and now present time BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] result in then that BapDada ∅ homework give[past-perf.m.sg.] , that each one zone with each other receive[abs.] zone to free from obstacles create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of programme create[abs.] and free from obstacles create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , then BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] all zone one’s own one’s own Rup in do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but Gujarat ∅ (x|x[root]) (month|x) in record x[past-part.m.sg.d.] , (x|x[root]) (month|x) in topic and news (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x gift this[.sē] gathering in zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] .
169You are the closest of all, loving and co-operative. 170Now, at present, BapDada saw the result of the homework that BapDada had given, that each zone should have programmes to make the whole zone free from obstacles. 171BapDada saw that each of the zones must be doing this in its own way. 172However, Gujarat has shown their record every month. 173They had sent their topic and exchanged their news every month, and this brings zeal and enthusiasm into the gathering.
127अलग अलग पुरूषार्थ करते हैं ना उससे अगर संगठन में नियम प्रमाण , कायदेमुजीब प्रोग्राम रखते हैं तो उससे अटेन्शन अच्छा होता है . alag alag purūṣhārth kartē haĩ nā ussē agar saṅgaṭhan mē̃ niyam pramāṇ , kāydēmujīb programme rakhtē haĩ tō ussē attention achchhā hōtā hai . alag[adj.] alag[adj.] puruṣhārth karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā vah[pn.sg.sē] agar saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] niyam[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kāydēmuzīb[adv.] programme rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō vah[pn.sg.sē] attention achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . separate separate effort do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ that[.sē] if gathering in law (under) , according to the rules programme keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then that[.sē] attention achcha be[pres.sg.m.23] .
174Instead of making effort individually, if you have programmes in a gathering systematically it enables everyone to pay attention well.
128निर्विघ्न बने या नहीं बनें वह रिजल्ट अभी आनी चाहिए कि इस प्रोग्राम चलते किस किस में अन्तर आया है , क्लास चले , यह तो मुबारक है . nirvighna banē yā nahī̃ banē̃ vah result abhī ānī chāhiē ki is programme chaltē kis kis mē̃ antar āyā hai , class chalē , yah tō mubārak hai . nirvighna[adj.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.d.] result ab[adv.hī] ānā[.oblig3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] programme chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , class chalnā[opt.sg.23]|chalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . free from obstacles (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) or not become[opt.pl.12hon3] that result now come[.oblig3] that this programme continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (what|who) (what|who) in difference come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , class (continue[opt.sg.23]|continue[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , this then congratulations be[pres.sg.23] .
175The result should now be given to Baba whether you have become free from obstacles or not, and who has changed through these programmes. 176Congratulations for the classes as well.
129टापिक निकाली है यह भी मुबारक है लेकिन प्रैक्टिकल में अन्तर क्या आया है , वह रिजल्ट अभी आनी चाहिए . topic nikālī hai yah bhī mubārak hai lēkin practical mē̃ antar kyā āyā hai , vah result abhī ānī chāhiē . topic nikālnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin practical mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā ānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] result ab[adv.hī] ānā[.oblig3] . topic x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] this too congratulations be[pres.sg.23] but practical in difference what come[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , that result now come[.oblig3] .
177Congratulations for having the topics. 178However, now the result should be given of what difference they have made in a practical way.
130बाकी बापदादा मुबारक देते हैं कि होमवर्क को बुद्धि में रख पुरूषार्थ किया है , तो पुरूषार्थ का बाबा बधाई दे रहा है . bākī bāpdādā mubārak dētē haĩ ki homework kō buddhi mē̃ rakh purūṣhārth kiyā hai , tō purūṣhārth kā bābā badhāī dē rahā hai . bākī|bākī bāpdādā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] home work kō[postp.] buddhi[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rakhnā[root] puruṣhārth karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , tō puruṣhārth kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā badhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . (but|others) BapDada congratulations give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that homework to intellect in keep[root] effort do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , then effort of Baba greetings give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
179BapDada is now congratulating you that you have made effort while keeping the homework in your intellect. 180Therefore, Baba is giving congratulations for the effort you made.
131ऐसे ही छोटे छोटे ग्रुप बनाओ , जैसे देखा है बापदादा ने तो यह वर्गीकरण का जो ग्रुप बनाते हैं , तो ग्रुप टर्न बाई टर्न आपस में भी मिलते रहते और छोटा ग्रुप होने के कारण आपस में लेन देन कर सकते हैं , बाकी वर्गीकरण वाले भी बहुत आये हैं . aisē hī chhōṭē chhōṭē group banāō , jaisē dēkhā hai bāpdādā nē tō yah vargīkaraṇ kā jō group banātē haĩ , tō group turn by turn āpas mē̃ bhī miltē rahtē aur chhōṭā group hōnē kē|K kāraṇ āpas mē̃ lēn dēn kar saktē haĩ , bākī vargīkaraṇ vālē bhī bahut āyē haĩ . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] group banānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dēkhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] bāpdādā nē[postp.] tō yah[pn.sg.d.] vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] group banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , tō group tum by tum āpas mē̃[x] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] group hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] āpas mē̃[x] lēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , bākī|bākī vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . such only small small group create[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , like see[pres-perf.sg.m.23] BapDada ∅ then this serving the professions of that group create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , then group you by you with each other too receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and small group be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because with each other x gift do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+saknā] , (but|others) serving the professions those who too very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
181Similarly, make such small groups, just as BapDada has seen the groups of the different wings. 182The groups continue to meet one another turn by turn, and because of being small groups they are able to have discussions among themselves. 183Many from the different wings have also come.
132उन्हों को भी बापदादा यही कह रहे हैं , कि जैसे सर्विस के प्लैन बनाते हो , रिजल्ट में बापदादा ने देखा , तीन चार की रिजल्ट भी आई है लेकिन जैसे सेवा का प्लैन बनाते हो और उसको प्रैक्टिकल में करते हो , और प्रैक्टिकल में जो सहयोगी बने हैं , सहयोगी कम बने हैं , स्नेही बने हैं , तो जैसे वह रिजल्ट निकालते हो , वैसे हर वर्ग को धारणा के लिए अपने वर्ग को निर्विघ्न बनाने के लिए भी अटेन्शन देना चाहिए . unhō̃ kō bhī bāpdādā yahī kah rahē haĩ , ki jaisē service kē|K plan banātē hō , result mē̃ bāpdādā nē dēkhā , tīn chār kī|key result bhī āī hai lēkin jaisē sēvā kā plan banātē hō aur uskō practical mē̃ kartē hō , aur practical mē̃ jō sahyōgī banē haĩ , sahyōgī cum|kam banē haĩ , snēhī banē haĩ , tō jaisē vah result nikāltē hō , vaisē har|her varg kō dhārṇā kē liē apnē varg kō nirvighna banānē kē liē bhī attention dēnā chāhiē . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] bāpdādā yahī[pn.;d.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ki[conj.] jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] service[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K plan banānā[pres.pl.m.2] , result mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , tīn[adj.] chār[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key result bhī[p.] ānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] lēkin jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plan banānā[pres.pl.m.2] aur vah[pn.sg.kō] practical mē̃[postp.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] , aur practical mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] sahyōgī[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sahyōgī[adj.] cum|kam[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , snēhī[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , tō jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] vah[pn.sg.d.] result nikālnā[pres.pl.m.2] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] har|harnā[root]|her varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kē liē[x] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] nirvighna[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] bhī[p.] attention dēnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|dēnā[.oblig3] . that to too BapDada this say[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , that like service (of|K) plan create[pres.pl.m.2] , result in BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] , x four (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) result too come[pres-perf.sg.f.23] but like service of plan create[pres.pl.m.2] and that[.kō] practical in do[pres.pl.m.2] , and practical in that co-operative become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , co-operative (x|less) become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , loving become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , then like that result x[pres.pl.m.2] , x (x|x[root]) profession to dharna for one’s own profession to free from obstacles create[inf.m.pl.,o.] for too attention (give[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|give[.oblig3]) .
184BapDada is telling them too: Just as you make service plans, BapDada saw the result - He has received the result of three or four of them - you make plans for service and you put them into a practical form. 185Some have become co-operative in a practical way - they have become co-operative to a lesser extent, but they have become loving. 186Just as you give that result, in the same way, every wing should pay attention to the dharna of making their wing free from obstacles.
133कोई कोई करते हैं , धारणा का प्वाइंट भी रखते हैं लेकिन रिजल्ट किया नहीं किया , वृद्धि है या नहीं है , परिवर्तन हुआ या नहीं हुआ , वह रिजल्ट भी आनी चाहिए . kōī kōī kartē haĩ , dhārṇā kā point bhī rakhtē haĩ lēkin result kiyā nahī̃ kiyā , vr̥iddhi hai yā nahī̃ hai , parivartan huā yā nahī̃ huā , vah result bhī ānī chāhiē . kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] point bhī[p.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] lēkin result karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] yā nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , vah[pn.sg.d.] result bhī[p.] ānā[.oblig3] . some some do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , dharna of point too keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] but result do[past-part.m.sg.d.] not do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , growth be[pres.sg.23] or not be[pres.sg.23] , transformation be[past-part.m.sg.d.] or not be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that result too come[.oblig3] .
187Some of you do this; you keep in mind some points of dharna. 188However, you should also give the result of whether you did it or not, whether there was any progress or not and whether there was any transformation or not.
134क्या रिजल्ट रही ? kyā result rahī ? kyā result rahnā[past-part.f.] ? what result remain[past-part.f.] ?
189What was the result?
135परिवर्तन का कोई ऐसा दृष्टान्त दिखाना चाहिए . parivartan kā kōī aisā dr̥iṣhṭānt dikhānā chāhiē . parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dr̥iṣhṭānt[n.m.;sg.,d.] dikhānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|dikhānā[.oblig3] . transformation of some such x (x[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|x[.oblig3]) .
190You should show Baba an example of such transformation.
136जैसे सेवा पर अटेन्शन देते हो तो सेवा वृद्धि को तो पाई है ना , बापदादा खुश है लेकिन अभी धारणा के ऊपर अटेन्शन और चाहिए . jaisē sēvā par attention dētē hō tō sēvā vr̥iddhi kō tō pāī hai nā , bāpdādā khuśh hai lēkin abhī dhārṇā kē ūpar attention aur chāhiē . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] attention dēnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] tō pānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā , bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] dhārṇā[n.f.;sg.] kē ūpar[x] attention aur chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . like service (at|other) attention give[pres.pl.m.2] then service growth to then x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ , BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] but now dharna over attention and (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
191Because you have paid attention to service, service has grown. 192BapDada is pleased but now greater attention needs to be paid to dharna.
137क्योंकि अन्त में सेवा चाहेंगे तो भी नहीं कर सकेंगे , अभी कर ली सो कर ली , उस समय फरिश्ता लाइफ या अशरीरी बनने का सेकण्ड में बिन्दु लगाने का यही काम में आना है . kyōṅki ant mē̃ sēvā chāhē̃gē tō bhī nahī̃ kar sakē̃gē , abhī kar lī sō kar lī , us samay phariśhtā life yā aśharīrī bannē kā second mē̃ bindu lagānē kā yahī kām mē̃ ānā hai . kyōṅki ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] chāhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō bhī[x] nahī̃[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] , ab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] sōnā[root]|sō karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] life yā aśharīrī[adj.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] second mē̃[postp.] bindu[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yahī[pn.;d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . because end in service x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+saknā] , now do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] (sleep[root]|x) do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , that time angel life or bodiless become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of second in point attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] of this (task|lust) in come[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 138और अचानक होना है . aur achānak hōnā hai . aur achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . and suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
193At the end, even if you want to, you won't be able to do service. 194Whatever you have done up to now, that is all. 195At that time, the only thing that will be useful is your angelic life, being bodiless or putting a full-stop in a second; and everything is going to happen suddenly.
139इसका अभ्यास अगर सेवा भी की , लेकिन इसका अभ्यास कम होगा , सेवा में ही लगे रहे , सेवा में लगना है लेकिन दोनों का बैलेन्स चाहिए . iskā abhyās agar sēvā bhī kī|key , lēkin iskā abhyās kam hōgā , sēvā mē̃ hī lagē rahē , sēvā mē̃ lagnā hai lēkin dōnō̃ kā balance chāhiē . yah[pn.sg.kā] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] agar sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , lēkin yah[pn.sg.kā] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] kam hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance chāhiē|chāhnā[imp.pl.2hon] . this[.kā] practice if service too (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , but this[.kā] practice decrease , service in only (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , service in x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but x of balance (should|x[imp.pl.2hon]) .
196Even if you have done service and not practised these things so much, and just remained engaged in service - you do have to remain engaged in service - a balance of both is required.
140बापदादा बार-बार इशारा दे रहा है कि अचानक होना है और ऐसी सरकमस्टांश में होना है इसीलिए बाप को उल्हना कोई नहीं दे कि आपने बताया नहीं . bāpdādā bār-bār iśhārā dē rahā hai ki achānak hōnā hai aur aisī circumstance mē̃ hōnā hai isīliē bāp kō ulhanā kōī nahī̃ dē ki āpnē batāyā nahī̃ . bāpdādā bār[n.f.;sg.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] ki[conj.] achānak hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] circumstance mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] isīliē bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] ulhanā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] nahī̃[neg] dēnā[root]|dēnā[opt.sg.23] ki[conj.] āp[pn.pl.nē] batānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . BapDada time signal give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] that suddenly be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] and such circumstances in be[pres.sg.23.oblig1] x father to complaint some not (give[root]|give[opt.sg.23]) that you[.nē] tell[past-part.m.sg.d.] not .
197BapDada is repeatedly giving the signal that everything is going to happen suddenly, and it will happen in such circumstances. 198Therefore, no one should complain to BapDada that He didn't tell anyone.
141बार-बार भिन्न-भिन्न ईशारे दे रहे हैं . bār-bār bhinn-bhinn īśhārē dē rahē haĩ . bār[n.f.;sg.] bhinn[adj.] iśhārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . time different signal give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
199Again and again, Baba is giving different signals.
142सेवा का फल मिलता है , सेवा की मार्क्स , क्योंकि चार सबजेक्ट हैं ना तो सेवा की सबजेक्ट की मार्कस मिलेंगी लेकिन और तीन सबजेक्ट , अगर एक सबजेक्ट में आपने मार्कस ले ली और तीन में कम ली तो नम्बर क्या मिलेगा ? sēvā kā phal miltā hai , sēvā kī|key marks , kyōṅki chār subject haĩ nā tō sēvā kī|key subject kī|key marks milē̃gī lēkin aur tīn subject , agar ēk subject mē̃ āpnē marks lē lī aur tīn mē̃ cum|kam lī tō number kyā milēgā ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mark , kyōṅki chār[adj.] subject hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā tō sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key subject karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mark milnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] lēkin aur tīn[adj.] subject , agar ēk[adj.] subject mē̃[postp.] āp[pn.pl.nē] mark lēnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] aur tīn[adj.] mē̃[postp.] cum|kam[adj.] lēnā[past-part.f.] tō number kyā milnā[fut.m.sg.23] ? service of fruit receive[pres.sg.m.23] , service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) mark , because four subject be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ then service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) subject (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) mark receive[fut.f.pl.12hon3] but and x subject , if one subject in you[.nē] mark take[past-part.f..root+lēnā] and x in (x|less) take[past-part.f.] then number what receive[fut.m.sg.23] ?
200You receive the fruit and marks for service. 201There are four subjects and so you will receive marks for service, but there are also three other subjects. 202If you claim marks in one subject and less marks in the other three, what number will you receive?
143चार ही में फर्स्ट नम्बर आना चाहिए . chār hī mē̃ first number ānā chāhiē . chār[adj.] hī[p.] mē̃[postp.] first[adj.] number ānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|ānā[.oblig3] . four only in first number (come[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|come[.oblig3]) .
203You should claim the first number in all four subjects.
144यह बापदादा की हर बच्चों के प्रति शुभ आश है . yah bāpdādā kī|key har|her bachchō̃ kē prati śhubh āśh hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key har|harnā[root]|her bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kē prati[x] śhubh[adj.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|x[root]) child for pure and positive desire be[pres.sg.23] .
204This is the pure desire that BapDada has for all the children.
145तो बाप की आशाओं के सितारे कौन हैं ? tō bāp kī|key āśhāō̃ kē|K sitārē kaun haĩ ? tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire (of|K) star who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
205So, who are the stars of the Father's hopes?
146हाथ उठाओ . hāth uṭhāō . hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . raise your hands .
206Raise your hands!
147बाप की आशाओं के सितारे हो तो बापदादा की यही सबसे बड़ी आश है कि चार ही सबजेक्ट में नम्बर अच्छा हो . bāp kī|key āśhāō̃ kē|K sitārē hō tō bāpdādā kī|key yahī sabsē baṛī āśh hai ki chār hī subject mē̃ number achchhā hō . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yahī[pn.;d.] sabsē baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āśh, āśhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] number achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) desire (of|K) star (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) this the most very desire be[pres.sg.23] that four only subject in number achcha (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
207You are the stars of the Father's hopes, and the greatest hope that BapDada has is: You should claim a good number in all four subjects.
148नहीं तो पास विद आनर में नहीं आयेंगे . nahī̃ tō pass with honour mē̃ nahī̃ āyēṅgē . nahī̃ tō[x] pass with honour[x] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . otherwise pass with honours in not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
208Otherwise, you will not be able to pass with honours.
149महारथी उसको कहा जाता है जो चार ही सबजेक्ट में अच्छे नम्बर ले . mahārathī uskō kahā jātā hai jō chār hī subject mē̃ achchhē number lē . mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] vah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] jō[pn.;d.] chār[adj.] hī[p.] subject mē̃[postp.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] number lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] . maharathi that[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) that four only subject in achcha number (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) .
209A maharathi is one who claims a good number in all four subjects.
150कहने में भले महारथी महारथी आता है , लेकिन अगर नम्बर नहीं लेते तो बापदादा के उम्मीदों के तारे हैं , आशाओं के तारे नहीं . kahnē mē̃ bhalē mahārathī mahārathī ātā hai , lēkin agar number nahī̃ lētē tō bāpdādā kē|K ummīdō̃ kē|K tārē haĩ , āśhāō̃ kē|K tārē nahī̃ . kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] mahārathī[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin agar number nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ummīd[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tārnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tārnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|tārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|tārnā[opt.sg.23] nahī̃[neg] . say[inf.m.pl.,o.] in benefit maharathi maharathi come[pres.sg.m.23] , but if number not take[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then BapDada (of|K) x (of|K) take across[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , desire (of|K) (take across[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x|take across[opt.sg.23]) not .
210A maharathi may be called a maharathi, but if he doesn't claim a good number, then he is the star in whom there is hope, but not a star who fulfils Baba's hopes.
151तो बनना क्या है ? tō bannā kyā hai ? tō bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then become[inf.m.sg.d.] what be[pres.sg.23] ?
211So, what do you have to become?
152उम्मीदों के सितारे ? ummīdō̃ kē|K sitārē ? ummīd[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] ? x (of|K) star ?
153आशाओं के सितारे , सफलता के सितारे . āśhāō̃ kē|K sitārē , saphaltā kē|K sitārē . āśh, āśhā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sitārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . desire (of|K) star , success (of|K) star .
212A star of hope, a star of success.
154तो गुजरात अच्छा लक्ष्य तो रखा है . tō gujarāt achchhā lakṣhya tō rakhā hai . tō gujarāt achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] lakṣhya[adj.] tō rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then Gujarat achcha aim then keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
213So, Gujarat has kept a good aim.
155लेकिन रिजल्ट बापदादा को भेज देना क्योंकि आपको देख करके फिर औरों को भी उमंग आयेगा , कि इस संगठन से फायदा क्या हुआ . lēkin result bāpdādā kō bhēj dēnā kyōṅki āpkō dēkh karkē phir aurō̃ kō bhī umaṅg āyēgā , ki is saṅgaṭhan sē phāydā kyā huā . lēkin result bāpdādā kō[postp.] bhējnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] saṅgaṭhan[x] sē[postp.] fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . but result BapDada to x[root] give[inf.m.sg.d.] because you[.kō] see[root] do[abs.] (turn[root]|then) others to too zeal come[fut.m.sg.23] , that this gathering from profit what be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
214However, send your results to BapDada because others who see you will also have that enthusiasm and they will see what benefit there was from this gathering.
156प्लैन तो अच्छा है और रेग्युलर करते आये हैं , इसकी मुबारक भी है . plan tō achchhā hai aur regular kartē āyē haĩ , iskī mubārak bhī hai . plan tō achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur regular karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+ānā] , yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . plan then achcha be[pres.sg.23] and regularly do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+ānā] , this[.kī] congratulations too be[pres.sg.23] .
215The plan is good and congratulations for continuing with it regularly.
157ठीक है . ṭhīk hai . ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . OK be[pres.sg.23] .
216It is fine.
158मुबारक भी है और होमवर्क भी है . mubārak bhī hai aur homework bhī hai . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur home work bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . congratulations too be[pres.sg.23] and homework too be[pres.sg.23] . 159दोनों है . dōnō̃ hai . dōnō̃ hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x be[pres.sg.23] .
217You have congratulations and you also have homework - you have both.
160अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
218Achcha.
161इस ग्रुप में 5 वर्ग की मीटिंग है : ( बिजनेस महिला समाज सेवा ट्रांसपोट और ग्राम विकास ) अच्छा सभी ने अपनी निशानी रखी है . is group mē̃ 5 varg kī|key meeting hai : ( business mahilā samāj sēvā transport aur grām vikās ) achchhā sabhī nē apnī niśhānī rakhī hai . yah[pn.sg.o.] group mē̃[postp.] 5 varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key meeting hōnā[pres.sg.23] : ( business mahilā[n.f.;sg.] samāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] transport aur grām[n.m.;sg.,d.] vikās[n.m.;sg.,d.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . this group in 5 profession (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) meeting be[pres.sg.23] : ( business woman x service transport and Rural Development ) achcha all ∅ one’s own sign keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
219Wings (this group has five different wings - Business, Women, Social Service, Transport and Rural): Each one has its own symbol.
162अभी जिसने जो कुछ निशानियां बनाई है ना , उसका एक एक सामने आवे . abhī jisnē jō kuchh niśhāniyā̃ banāī hai nā , uskā ēk ēk sāmnē āvē . ab[adv.hī] jō[pn.sg.nē] jō kuchh[x] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā , vah[pn.sg.kā] ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] sāmnē ānā[opt.sg.23] . now that[.nē] whatever sign create[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ , that[.kā] one one x come[opt.sg.23] .
220Whatever symbol each wing has, one person from that wing should come in front of Baba.
163बोर्ड है या सिम्बल है . board hai yā symbol hai . board hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā symbol hōnā[pres.sg.23] . board be[pres.sg.23] or x be[pres.sg.23] . 164एक दो आ जाओ . ēk dō ā jāō . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
221Whether you are holding a board or the symbol, one or two of you should come in the front.
165सब आगे आओ . sab āgē āō . sab[adj.] āgē ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . all previously come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . 166यह भी अच्छा है . yah bhī achchhā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
222All of you come in the front, that too is good.
167अभी ऐसे सामने फेश करो . abhī aisē sāmnē face karō . ab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sāmnē face karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . now such x face do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
223Now, face everyone!
168अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
224Achcha.
169अच्छा किया है . achchhā kiyā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . achcha do[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
225You have done well.
170यह भी एक एकस्ट्रा उमंग-उत्साह भरने का साधन है . yah bhī ēk extra umaṅg-utsāh bharnē kā sādhan hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ēk[adj.] extra umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bharnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too one extra zeal and enthusiasm fill[inf.m.pl.,o.] of facilities be[pres.sg.23] .
226This is also a means to fill everyone with extra zeal and enthusiasm.
171अभी प्लेन किसने नहीं देखा हो तो प्लेन तो देख लिया . abhī plain|plane kisnē nahī̃ dēkhā hō tō plain|plane tō dēkh liyā . ab[adv.hī] plain|plane kaun[pn.sg.nē] nahī̃[neg] dēkhnā[x] tō plain|plane tō dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . now (plain|plane) who[.nē] not see[x] then (plain|plane) then see[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] . 172 ( ट्रांसपोर्ट वालों ने फ्लैक्स पर प्लेन बनाया है ) अपने प्लेन में तो चढ़ते हो ना ! ( transport vālō̃ nē flex par plain|plane banāyā hai ) apnē plain|plane mē̃ tō chaṛhtē hō nā ! ( transport vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] x par[postp.]|par[adj.] plain|plane banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] plain|plane mē̃[postp.] tō chaṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ! ( transport those who ∅ x (at|other) (plain|plane) create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ) one’s own (plain|plane) in then climb[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ !
227If someone hadn't seen an aeroplane, at least they have seen one now (The transport wing had created foam aeroplanes).
173इसमें तो टिकेट खर्च करनी पड़ेगी और आपका प्लेन , मन और बुद्धि का प्लेन सेकण्ड में कहाँ से कहाँ तीन लोकों में पहुंच सकता है . ismē̃ tō ticket kharcha karnī paṛēgī aur āpkā plain|plane , man aur buddhi kā plain|plane second mē̃ kahā̃ sē kahā̃ tīn lōkō̃ mē̃ pahuñch saktā hai . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] tō ticket kharch, kharchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] aur āp[pn.pl.kā] plain|plane , man[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] plain|plane second mē̃[postp.] kahā̃ sē[postp.] kahā̃ tīn[adj.] lōk[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] . this[.mē̃] then x expenditure do[fut.f.sg.23.oblig2] and you[.kā] (plain|plane) , mind and intellect of (plain|plane) second in where from where x x in reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] .
228You do climb in your planes, do you not? 229You have to spend money to buy a ticket for that, whereas your plane of the mind and intellect can reach anywhere in the three worlds in a second.
174मेहनत अच्छी की है . mēhnat achchhī kī hai . mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . effort achcha do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
230You have worked hard.
175अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
231Achcha.
176सभी को खुशी होती है ना , अच्छा कौन से विंग्स हैं . sabhī kō khuśhī hōtī hai nā , achchhā kaun sē wings haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] nā , achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] sē[postp.] wing hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all to happiness be[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ , achcha who from wing be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
232Everyone is happy. 233Which wings are there?
177अच्छा बिजनेस वाले हाथ उठाओ . achchhā business vālē hāth uṭhāō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] business vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha business those who raise your hands .
234Business Wing, raise your hands!
178अच्छा यह बिजनेस वाले और ट्रांसपोर्ट , ट्रांसपोर्ट दोनों ही ट्रांसपोर्ट ने हाथ उठाया . achchhā yah business vālē aur transport , transport dōnō̃ hī transport nē hāth uṭhāyā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yah[pn.sg.d.] business vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur transport , transport dōnō̃ hī[p.] transport nē[postp.] hāth uṭhānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . achcha this business those who and transport , transport x only transport ∅ raise your hands . 179दोनों ही उठाओ . dōnō̃ hī uṭhāō . dōnō̃ hī[p.] uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x only uplift[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
235Both forms of transport (road and air), raise your hands!
180अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
181महिलायें . mahilāyē̃ . mahilā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] . woman .
236Women's Wing, raise your hands!
182अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
183इनकी निशानी बता रही है . inkī niśhānī batā rahī hai . yah[pn.pl.kī] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] batānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . this[.kī] sign tell[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
237They are showing their symbol.
184बाबा की अभी एक बात प्रैक्टिकल में लाना रह गई है , वह ग्रुप कहाँ भी इकठ्ठा करो . bābā kī|key abhī ēk bāt practical mē̃ lānā rah gaī hai , vah group kahā̃ bhī ikaṭhṭhā karō . bābā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] rahnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , vah[pn.sg.d.] group kahā̃ bhī[p.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . Baba (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) now one matter practical in x[inf.m.sg.d.] remain[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , that group where too together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
238One thing that Baba asked has still not been put into a practical form. 239Create that group anywhere.
185मानों जोन में इकठ्ठा करो या दो तीन जोन जो नजदीक हैं उसमें जो वी . आई . पी स्नेही , आया गया वह नहीं लेकिन स्नेही है कनेक्शन में है और रिलेशन रख रहा है , रिलेशन यह है , जो रोज मुरली सुनने नहीं भी आता है , तो फोन में भी सुनता रहे , वरदान सुने , स्लोगन सुने , और जो लास्ट में मुरली का सार होता है , वह चलते फिरते फोन में भी सुने , कनेक्शन रखे . mānō̃ zone mē̃ ikaṭhṭhā karō yā dō tīn zone jō najdīk haĩ usmē̃ jō we|V . eye|āī|I . P|pī snēhī , āyā gayā vah nahī̃ lēkin snēhī hai connection mē̃ hai aur relation rakh rahā hai , relation yah hai , jō rōj murlī sunnē nahī̃ bhī ātā hai , tō phone mē̃ bhī suntā rahē , vardān sunē , slōgan sunē , aur jō last mē̃ murlī kā sār hōtā hai , vah chaltē phirtē phone mē̃ bhī sunē , connection rakhē . mānō̃ zone mē̃[postp.] ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tīn[adj.] zone jō[pn.;d.] nazdīk hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] jō[pn.;d.] we|V . eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . P|pīnā[root]|pīnā[past-part.f.] snēhī[adj.] , ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..passive] vah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin snēhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] connection mē̃[postp.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur relation rakhnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , relation yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jō[pn.;d.] rōz murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō phone mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sunnā[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[opt.sg.23]|sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , slogan sunnā[opt.sg.23]|sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , aur jō[pn.;d.] last mē̃[postp.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vah[pn.sg.d.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phirnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] phone mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sunnā[opt.sg.23]|sunnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , connection rakhnā[opt.sg.23]|rakhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . just consider zone in together do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) x zone that x be[pres.pl.12hon3] that[.mē̃] that (x) . (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) . (P.|drink[root]|drink[past-part.f.]) loving , (come[past-part.m.sg.d..past-part+jānā]|come[past-part.m.sg.d..passive]) that not but loving be[pres.sg.23] connection in be[pres.sg.23] and relationship keep[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , relationship this be[pres.sg.23] , that day flute listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] not too come[pres.sg.m.23] , then x in too listen[opt.sg.23.pres-part+rahnā] , blessing (listen[opt.sg.23]|listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , slogan (listen[opt.sg.23]|listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , and that last in flute of essence be[pres.sg.m.23] , that continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] turn[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x in too (listen[opt.sg.23]|listen[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , connection (keep[opt.sg.23]|keep[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
240For instance, you can bring them together in one zone, or where two or three zones are close by - not the VIPs who are just loving and who come and go, but those who are loving and in connection and also have a relationship. 241And the relationship is that even though they don't come for the murli class every day, they are at least hearing it by phone every day - they listen to the essence, blessing and slogan of the murli every day and stay in connection.
186ऐसे नहीं 6 मास के बाद बुलाओ तो आ गया . aisē nahī̃ 6 mās kē bād bulāō tō ā gayā . aisē nahī̃[x] 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] bulānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō ānā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . it isn't that 6 (month|x) after call[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then come[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
242It should not be that they come when you call them after six months.
187कनेक्शन में रहे तो रिलेशन पक्का होगा . connection mē̃ rahē tō relation pakkā hōgā . connection mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō relation pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] . connection in (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then relationship firm be[fut.m.sg.23] .
243If they stay in connection, their relationship will be strong.
188कनेक्शन ऐसा होता है जो खींचता है . connection aisā hōtā hai jō khīñchtā hai . connection aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] jō[pn.;d.] khīñchnā, khaiñchnā[pres.sg.m.23] . connection such be[pres.sg.m.23] that pull[pres.sg.m.23] .
244The connection is such that it pulls them.
189जब वर्गीकरण होगा तब आयेगा , एक साल के बाद उसको रिलेशन नहीं कहा जाता . jab vargīkaraṇ hōgā tab āyēgā , ēk sāl kē bād uskō relation nahī̃ kahā jātā . jab vargīkaraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] tab ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē bād[x] vah[pn.sg.kō] relation nahī̃[neg] kahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . when serving the professions be[fut.m.sg.23] for only then come[fut.m.sg.23] , one year after that[.kō] relationship not say[past-part.m.sg.d.] go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
245If they only come once a year when you have a programme of the wings, then that is not called a relationship.
190नजदीक का रिलेशन हो , अपनी प्रेजन्ट मार्क तो डाले . najdīk kā relation hō , apnī present mark tō ḍālē . nazdīk kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] relation hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] present mark tō ḍālnā[opt.sg.23]|ḍālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x of relationship (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , one’s own present mark then (create[opt.sg.23]|create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
246There should be a close relationship and they should at least get their 'present' mark.
191फोन में ही डाले , लेकिन मैं हूँ , यह प्रेजन्ट मार्क तो डाले . phone mē̃ hī ḍālē , lēkin maĩ hū̃ , yah present mark tō ḍālē . phone mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] ḍālnā[opt.sg.23]|ḍālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin maĩ[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] present mark tō ḍālnā[opt.sg.23]|ḍālnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . x in only (create[opt.sg.23]|create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , but I be[pres.sg.1] , this present mark then (create[opt.sg.23]|create[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) .
247They may do it by phone, but they should at least get their 'present' mark, "I am here".
192और जितना हो सके उतना जोन या दो तीन जोन मिलके , जहाँ नजदीक पड़ता हो आने जाने में , 6 मास में 3 मास में एक संगठन तो करो . aur jitnā hō sakē utnā zone yā dō tīn zone milkē , jahā̃ najdīk paṛtā hō ānē jānē mē̃ , 6 mās mē̃ 3 mās mē̃ ēk saṅgaṭhan tō karō . aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] zone yā dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tīn[adj.] zone milnā[abs.] , jahā̃ nazdīk paṛnā[x] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] mē̃[postp.] , 6 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] 3 mās[n.m.;sg.,d.]|māns[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ēk[adj.] saṅgaṭhan[x] tō karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . and the more be[opt.sg.23.root+saknā] x zone or (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) x zone receive[abs.] , where there x fall[x] (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) in , 6 (month|x) in 3 (month|x) in one gathering then do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
248As much as possible, one zone individually or two or three zones together, where they may be close together, should at least have one gathering every three to six months.
193और एक दो में पहले अपने अपने जोन में करो , दो तीन नजदीक वाले मिलके करो और फिर एक बारी सबको इकठ्ठा एक स्थान पर करें तो परिचय भी हो जावे ना , कौन कौन अनुभव कर रहा है , मानों डाक्टर्स हैं , अभी देखें तो इतने बड़े बड़े डाक्टर्स भी अभ्यास कर रहे हैं तो प्रभाव तो पड़ता है ना . aur ēk dō mē̃ pahlē apnē apnē zone mē̃ karō , dō tīn najdīk vālē milkē karō aur phir ēk bārī sabkō ikaṭhṭhā ēk sthān par karē̃ tō parichay bhī hō jāvē nā , kaun kaun anubhav kar rahā hai , mānō̃ doctors haĩ , abhī dēkhē̃ tō itnē baṛē baṛē doctors bhī abhyās kar rahē haĩ tō prabhāv tō paṛtā hai nā . aur ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] mē̃[postp.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] zone mē̃[postp.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tīn[adj.] nazdīk vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] milnā[abs.] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] ēk[adj.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sabkō ikaṭṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ēk[adj.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō parichay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] nā , kaun[pn.;d.] kaun[pn.;d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , mānō̃ doctor hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] tō itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] doctor bhī[p.] abhyās[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] tō prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . and one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) in (x|firstly) one’s own one’s own zone in do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) x x those who receive[abs.] do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and (turn[root]|then) one x everything together one place (at|other) do[opt.pl.12hon3] then introduction too be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] ∅ , who who experience do[pres.sg.m.prog.23] , just consider doctor be[pres.pl.12hon3] , now see[opt.pl.12hon3] then such very very doctor too practice do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] then x then fall[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ .
249First of all, do this in your own zone. 250Two or three zones that are close together can do this together. 251Then, if you gather everyone together in one place, they will at least come to know one another. 252They should see who are experiencing this: when they see that doctors are coming, that such great doctors are practising this, then that will create an impact.
194ऐसे ही सभी वर्ग वालों को एक दो को देख करके प्रभाव पड़ता है . aisē hī sabhī varg vālō̃ kō ēk dō kō dēkh karkē prabhāv paṛtā hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sab[adv.hī] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] karnā[abs.] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . such only all profession those who to one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) to see[root] do[abs.] x fall[pres.sg.m.23] . 195यह भी चल रहे हैं , यह भी चल रहे हैं और एक दो का अनुभव सुनते हैं तो भी प्रभाव पड़ता है . yah bhī chal rahē haĩ , yah bhī chal rahē haĩ aur ēk dō kā anubhav suntē haĩ tō bhī prabhāv paṛtā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] chalnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bhī[x] prabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛnā[pres.sg.m.23] . this too continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , this too continue[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) of experience listen[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ x fall[pres.sg.m.23] .
253Seeing all the others of the different wings in this way, it will create an impact on others - "This one is coming here; this one is also coming here" - and when they hear the experiences of one another, that too also influences them.
196तो अभी दूसरा टर्न आपका आवे उसमें यह रिजल्ट बताना . tō abhī dūsrā turn āpkā āvē usmē̃ yah result batānā . tō ab[adv.hī] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] tum āp[pn.pl.kā] ānā[opt.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.mē̃] yah[pn.sg.d.] result batānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then now other you you[.kā] come[opt.sg.23] that[.mē̃] this result tell[inf.m.sg.d.] .
254So, show Baba this result in your next turn.
197कितने बार संगठन किया , कहाँ कहाँ किया , कितने आये , उसकी रिजल्ट . kitnē bār saṅgaṭhan kiyā , kahā̃ kahā̃ kiyā , kitnē āyē , uskī result . kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bār[n.f.;sg.] saṅgaṭhan[x] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kahā̃ kahā̃ karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , vah[pn.sg.kī] result . so time gathering do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , where where do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , so (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , that[.kī] result .
255Show the result of how many times you had such a gathering, where you had this gathering and how many attended that gathering.
198यह तो सहज है ना . yah tō sahaj hai nā . yah[pn.sg.d.] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . this then easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
256This is easy, is it not?
199सहज है या मुश्किल है ? sahaj hai yā muśhkil hai ? sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? easy be[pres.sg.23] or difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
257Is it easy or difficult?
200सब वर्ग करेंगे ना . sab varg karē̃gē nā . sab[adj.] varg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā . all profession do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ .
258All wings will do this, will you not?
201दूसरे भी सुनेंगे . dūsrē bhī sunē̃gē . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] sunnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . other too listen[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
259Others will also hear about it.
202अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
260Achcha.
203डबल विदेशी भाई बहिनें : ( 80 देशों से आये हैं ) अच्छा है , यह जो प्रोग्राम बनाया है , मधुबन में सबका संगठन हो , यह बापदादा को बहुत पसन्द है क्योंकि मधुबन में आने से परिवार कितना बड़ा है ! double vidēśhī bhāī bahinē̃ : ( 80 dēśhō̃ sē āyē haĩ ) achchhā hai , yah jō programme banāyā hai , madhuban mē̃ sabkā saṅgaṭhan hō , yah bāpdādā kō bahut pasand hai kyōṅki madhuban mē̃ ānē sē parivār kitnā baṛā hai ! double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] : ( 80 dēśh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] jō[pn.;d.] programme banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut pasand[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sē[postp.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! double foreigner (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) x : ( 80 land from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this that programme create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , Madhuban in everyone's gathering (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this BapDada to very love be[pres.sg.23] because Madhuban in (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) from family so very be[pres.sg.23] ! 204सेवायें चारों ओर कैसे हो रही हैं ! sēvāyē̃ chārō̃ ōr kaisē hō rahī haĩ ! sēvā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ! service everywhere how be[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] ! 205भारत वाले फारेन की सेवा से लाभ उठाते कि फारेन में यह कर रहे हैं , हम भी करें और फारेन वाले इन्डिया के समाचार सुनकर अपने स्थान में जहाँ हो सकता है , वहाँ फायदा लेते हैं और फारेन के फारेन में मिलना , मुश्किल है , मधुबन में डबल फायदा है . bhārat vālē foreign kī|key sēvā sē lābh uṭhātē ki foreign mē̃ yah kar rahē haĩ , ham bhī karē̃ aur foreign vālē India kē|K samāchār sunkar apnē sthān mē̃ jahā̃ hō saktā hai , vahā̃ phāydā lētē haĩ aur foreign kē|K foreign mē̃ milnā , muśhkil hai , madhuban mē̃ double phāydā hai . bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] foreign karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] lābh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ki[conj.] foreign mē̃[postp.] yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ham[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3] aur foreign vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] India kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[abs.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jahā̃ hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , vahā̃ fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur foreign kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K foreign mē̃[postp.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] double fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bharat those who abroad (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service from x uplift[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] that abroad in this do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , we too do[opt.pl.12hon3] and abroad those who India (of|K) news listen[abs.] one’s own place in where there be[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] , there profit take[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and abroad (of|K) abroad in receive[inf.m.sg.d.] , difficult be[pres.sg.23] , Madhuban in double profit be[pres.sg.23] .
261Double-foreign brothers and sisters (from 80 countries): BapDada likes very much the programme you have made of everyone's gathering in Madhuban, because when you come to Madhuban you can see how big the family is, how much service is taking place everywhere, and the people of Bharat also take benefit from the service that is taking place abroad. 262The people abroad are doing this and so we should also do that. 263And those from abroad, when they hear the news of what is happening in Bharat, they take benefit from that wherever possible. 264It is difficult for the people from abroad to meet all the others from abroad, but there is double benefit in Madhuban.
206बापदादा से मिलना भी हो जाता और परिवार से मिलना भी हो जाता . bāpdādā sē milnā bhī hō jātā aur parivār sē milnā bhī hō jātā . bāpdādā sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] aur parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . BapDada from receive[inf.m.sg.d.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] and family from receive[inf.m.sg.d.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) go[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
265You are able to meet BapDada and also the family.
207तो अभी कुछ समय से कायदे प्रमाण मधुबन में मीटिंग या छोटे छोटे संगठन यह बापदादा को बहुत पसन्द आया और प्लैन भी अच्छे - अच्छे बनाते रहे हो और प्रैक्टिकल में भी कर रहे हो , इसकी भी हर साल वृद्धि देखक्र बापदादा चारों ओर के डबल फारेनर्स को बधाईयां देते हैं , बधाईयां देते हैं . tō abhī kuchh samay sē kāydē pramāṇ madhuban mē̃ meeting yā chhōṭē chhōṭē saṅgaṭhan yah bāpdādā kō bahut pasand āyā aur plan bhī achchhē - achchhē banātē rahē hō aur practical mē̃ bhī kar rahē hō , iskī bhī har|her sāl vr̥iddhi dēkhakra bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K double foreigners kō badhāīyā̃ dētē haĩ , badhāīyā̃ dētē haĩ . tō ab[adv.hī] kuchh samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] kāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] meeting yā chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅgaṭhan[x] yah[pn.sg.d.] bāpdādā kō[postp.] bahut pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur plan bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur practical mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , yah[pn.sg.kī] bhī[p.] har|harnā[root]|her sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] x bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K double foreigner kō[postp.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then now anything time from law (under) Madhuban in meeting or small small gathering this BapDada to very love come[past-part.m.sg.d.] and plan too achcha - achcha create[pres-perf.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] and practical in too do[pres.pl.m.prog.2] , this[.kī] too (x|x[root]) year growth x BapDada everywhere (of|K) double foreigner to greetings give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , greetings give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
266Therefore, BapDada likes it very much when you hold these official meetings and small gatherings in Madhuban regularly and you have been making very good plans. 267You are also putting them into a practical form. 268Seeing the expansion of this every year, BapDada is congratulating the double foreigners everywhere. 269Congratulations!
208और अभी जितना-जितना संगठन होता रहा है ना , तो उससे एक दो का अनुभव सुनने से कईयों को अनुभव द्वारा भी बल मिलता है . aur abhī jitnā-jitnā saṅgaṭhan hōtā rahā hai nā , tō ussē ēk dō kā anubhav sunnē sē kaīyō̃ kō anubhav dvārā bhī bal miltā hai . aur ab[adv.hī] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] nā , tō vah[pn.sg.sē] ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bhī[p.] bal[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and now the more gathering be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.pres-part+rahnā] ∅ , then that[.sē] one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) of experience listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] from some to experience through too strength receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
270And by hearing the experiences of one another in the gatherings that have been taking place, many are able to receive power through those experiences.
209मानों कोई दिलशिकस्त हो जाता है तो दूसरे का अनुभव सुनता , तो यह सदा खुशमिजाज रहता है इसकी शक्ल कभी मुरझाये नहीं , दिलखुश . mānō̃ kōī dilśhikasta hō jātā hai tō dūsrē kā anubhav suntā , tō yah sadā khuśhamijāj rahtā hai iskī śhakla kabhī murjhāyē nahī̃ , dilkhuśh . mānō̃ kōī[pn.;d.] dilśhikast[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] tō dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] sadā khuśhmizāj[adj.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] yah[pn.sg.kī] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] kabhī[adv.] murjhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] , dilkhuśh[adj.] . just consider some disheartened be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] then other of experience listen[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , then this constantly x remain[pres.sg.m.23] this[.kī] face ever wilt[past-part.m.pl.,o.] not , dilkush . 210तो एक दो का अनुभव सुनने से उल्हास में आ जाते . tō ēk dō kā anubhav sunnē sē ulhās mē̃ ā jātē . tō ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) of experience listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] from enthusiasm in come[root] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
271For instance, if someone becomes disheartened, then, hearing the experiences of one another - "this one always remains happy, his face is never wilted and is always happy in his heart" - hearing the experiences of one another, you are able to have enthusiasm.
211एक दो का अनुभव कम नहीं होता है , हर एक को ड्रामानुसार कोई न कोई विशेषता बाप द्वारा मिली हुई है . ēk dō kā anubhav cum|kam nahī̃ hōtā hai , har ēk kō ḍrāmānusār kōī na kōī viśhēṣhtā bāp dvārā milī huī hai . ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] cum|kam[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , har ēk[x] kō[postp.] ḍrāmānusār kōī na kōī[x] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) of experience (x|less) not be[pres.sg.m.23] , each one to x one .. or another speciality father through receive[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
272The experiences of one another are no less. 273According to the drama, each one has received one speciality or another from BapDada.
212तो वह अनुभव सुनने से उमंग आता है , यह कर सकता है तो मैं क्यों नहीं कर सकता ! tō vah anubhav sunnē sē umaṅg ātā hai , yah kar saktā hai tō maĩ kyō̃ nahī̃ kar saktā ! tō vah[pn.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] tō maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kyō̃ nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] ! then that experience listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] from zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] , this do[pres.sg.m.23.root+saknā] then I why not do[root] can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] !
274So, when they hear the experiences, they have the enthusiasm: "If that one can do that, why can't I?"
213कभी भी दिल छोटी नहीं करना . kabhī bhī dil chhōṭī nahī̃ karnā . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . ever too heart small not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
275Never become disheartened.
214बड़ी दिल , बड़ा बाबा . baṛī dil , baṛā bābā . baṛī dil[x] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā . x , very Baba .
276Big heart, Big Baba!
215छोटा बाबा है क्या , बड़े ते बड़ा बाबा है , तो बच्चों की दिल सदा बड़ी . chhōṭā bābā hai kyā , baṛē tē baṛā bābā hai , tō bachchō̃ kī|key dil sadā baṛī . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē baṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bābā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , tō bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] . small Baba be[pres.sg.23] what , very from very Baba be[pres.sg.23] , then child (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) heart constantly very .
277Is Baba small? 278Baba is the greatest of all. 279So, the children's hearts should always be big.
216बापदादा का स्लोगन है बड़ी दिल सच्ची दिल , साफ दिल तो हर मुराद हांसिल . bāpdādā kā slōgan hai baṛī dil sachchī dil , sāph dil tō har|her murād hā̃sil . bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] slogan hōnā[pres.sg.23] baṛī dil[x] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sāph[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō har|harnā[root]|her murād[n.f.;sg.] hā̃sil[n.m.;sg.,d.] . BapDada of slogan be[pres.sg.23] x true heart , clean heart then (x|x[root]) x fulfilled .
280BapDada's slogan is: Big heart, true heart, clean heart - then your every desire is fulfilled. 281(Badi dil, sachchi dil, saaf dil, toh har murad hansil.)
217जो भी किचड़ा आवे ना , किचड़े की दुनिया है ना , तो कभी वायुमण्डल में किचड़ा उड़के आ जाता है लेकिन किचड़ा अपने पास नहीं रखो . jō bhī kichṛā āvē nā , kichṛē kī|key duniyā hai nā , tō kabhī vāyumaṇḍal mē̃ kichṛā uṛkē ā jātā hai lēkin kichṛā apnē pās|pass nahī̃ rakhō . jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] nā , kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duniyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , tō kabhī[adv.] vāyumaṇḍal[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] uṛnā[abs.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] lēkin kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pās|pass nahī̃[neg] rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that too rubbish come[opt.sg.23] ∅ , rubbish (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) world be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , then ever atmosphere in rubbish fly[abs.] come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] but rubbish one’s own (x|pass) not keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
282This is the world of rubbish, and so the rubbish can fly into the atmosphere at any time. 283However, do not keep the rubbish with you.
218जैसे स्थूल कमरे में सोते हो और किचड़ा हो जाए तो क्या होता है , सफाई नहीं करो तो मच्छर हो जाते हैं , फिर बीमारियां होती हैं , तो यह भी अगर मन में कोई भी बात रख ली , निकाला नहीं तो वह वृद्धि को पाती रहती . jaisē sthūl kamrē mē̃ sōtē hō aur kichṛā hō jāē tō kyā hōtā hai , saphāī nahī̃ karō tō machchhar hō jātē haĩ , phir bīmāriyā̃ hōtī haĩ , tō yah bhī agar man mē̃ kōī bhī bāt rakh lī , nikālā nahī̃ tō vah vr̥iddhi kō pātī rahtī . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthūl[adj.] kamrā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] mē̃[postp.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.2] aur kichṛā, kīchaṛ[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] tō kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , saphāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō machchhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] bīmārī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , tō yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] agar man[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] rakhnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , nikālnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nahī̃ tō[x] vah[pn.sg.d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] pānā[pres-part.f.] rahnā[pres-part.f.] . like physical x in sleep[pres.pl.m.2] and rubbish be[opt.sg.23.root+jānā] then what be[pres.sg.m.23] , cleanliness not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then mosquito be[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] , (turn[root]|then) illness be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] , then this too if mind in anyone matter keep[past-part.f..root+lēnā] , x[past-part.m.sg.d.] otherwise that growth to x[pres-part.f.] remain[pres-part.f.] .
284What happens physically when your bedroom becomes filled with rubbish? 285There would be insects there if you didn't clean it, and then there would be illness. 286So, here, too, if you keep something in your mind and don't remove it, it will continue to grow.
219बस बाबा , मेरा बाबा कहो तो हाजिर बाबा , बंधा हुआ है . bas bābā , mērā bābā kahō tō hājir bābā , bandhā huā hai . basnā[root]|bas bābā , maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō hāzir[adj.] bābā , bandhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . (x[root]|simply) Baba , I[.kā] Baba say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then present Baba , be tied[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
287Simply say, "Baba, My Baba" and Baba will become present. 288Baba is bound to do that.
220बच्चा , बाप का बच्चा , भगवान का बच्चा , याद करे मेरा बाबा और बाबा हाजर नहीं हो , यह हो नहीं सकता . bachchā , bāp kā bachchā , bhagvān kā bachchā , yād karē mērā bābā aur bābā hājar nahī̃ hō , yah hō nahī̃ saktā . bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , bhagvān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , yād karnā[opt.sg.23] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā aur bābā hāzir[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . child , father of child , God of child , remember I[.kā] Baba and Baba present not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , this (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
289A child, the Father's child, God's child, remembers, "My Baba" - then it is not possible for Baba not to become present.
221आपके पास बाप को बांधने की रस्सी है ! āpkē pās|pass bāp kō bāndhnē kī|key rassī hai ! āp[pn.pl.kē] pās|pass bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bāndhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rassī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! you[.kē] (x|pass) father to tie[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) rope be[pres.sg.23] !
290You have the rope with which to tie the Father.
222क्या है ? kyā hai ? kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? what be[pres.sg.23] ?
291What is that?
223दिल का प्यार . dil kā pyār . dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . heart of love .
292The love in your heart.
224कईयों को बाप से प्यार है , नहीं है यह नहीं कहेंगे , लेकिन दो प्रकार का प्यार है - एक है नॉलेज के आधार से , मैं आत्मा हूँ , शरीर तो हूँ ही नहीं और आत्मा का बाप परमात्मा ही है और परमात्मा ज्योति के सिवाए और कोई सबका परमात्मा हो ही नहीं सकता . kaīyō̃ kō bāp sē pyār hai , nahī̃ hai yah nahī̃ kahē̃gē , lēkin dō prakār kā pyār hai - ēk hai knowledge kē|K ādhār sē , maĩ ātmā hū̃ , śharīr tō hū̃ hī nahī̃ aur ātmā kā bāp paramātmā hī hai aur paramātmā jyōti kē|K sivāē aur kōī sabkā paramātmā hō hī nahī̃ saktā . kaī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yah[pn.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , lēkin dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] knowledge kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , maĩ ātmā hū̃[x] , śharīr[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.1] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] aur ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] jyōti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sivāē aur kōī[x] sabkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] paramātmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . some to father from love be[pres.sg.23] , not be[pres.sg.23] this not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , but (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) form of love be[pres.sg.23] - one be[pres.sg.23] knowledge (of|K) basis from , I am a soul , body then be[pres.sg.1] only not and soul of father Supreme Soul only be[pres.sg.23] and Supreme Soul light (of|K) except someone else everyone's Supreme Soul (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) only not can[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
293Some have love for the Father. 294You cannot say that they don't have love. 295However, there are two types of love. 296One is on the basis of knowledge, that I am a soul, I am not a body. 297And the Father of souls is the Supreme Father alone, and He cannot be God of anyone except souls, the lights.
225तो बाप बाप तो है , ज्योति स्वरूप है , सहयोग देता है , लेकिन हर समय दिल के स्नेह से मेरा बाबा निकले ऑटोमेटिकली . tō bāp bāp tō hai , jyōti svarūp hai , sahyōg dētā hai , lēkin har|her samay dil kē|K snēh sē mērā bābā nikalē automatically . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jyōti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.23] , lēkin har|harnā[root]|her samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.kā] bābā nikalnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|nikalnā[opt.sg.23] automatically . then father father then be[pres.sg.23] , light form be[pres.sg.23] , cooperation give[pres.sg.m.23] , but (x|x[root]) time heart (of|K) love from I[.kā] Baba (be extracted[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|be extracted[opt.sg.23]) x .
298So, the Father is the Father; He is the form of light. 299He gives His co-operation. 300However, it should automatically emerge from your heart at every moment - My Baba!
226साथी बनाया जाता है समय के लिए , आईवेल के लिए साथी काम में आता है , तो आपने बाप को कम्बाइन्ड रखा है , साथी बनाया है तो समय पर साथ लो . sāthī banāyā jātā hai samay kē liē , āīvēl kē liē sāthī kām mē̃ ātā hai , tō āpnē bāp kō combined rakhā hai , sāthī banāyā hai tō samay par sāth lō|low . sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē liē[x] , āīvēl[adv.] kē liē[x] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , tō āp[pn.pl.nē] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] combined rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low . companion (create[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) time for , at the time of crisis for companion (task|lust) in come[pres.sg.m.23] , then you[.nē] father to combined keep[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , companion create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] then time (at|other) with (take[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]|low) .
301You make someone a companion for the right time. 302A companion is useful at a time of need. 303So, you have kept the Father combined with you, you have made Him your Companion, and so take the benefit of His companionship at the right time.
227स्नेह से याद करो , एक है नॉलेज के आधार से स्नेह , एक है दिल के प्यार से स्नेह . snēh sē yād karō , ēk hai knowledge kē|K ādhār sē snēh , ēk hai dil kē|K pyār sē snēh . snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] knowledge kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , ēk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] . love from remember , one be[pres.sg.23] knowledge (of|K) basis from love , one be[pres.sg.23] heart (of|K) love from love .
304Remember Him with love. 305One is love on the basis of knowledge and the other is love from the heart.
228तो चेक करो दिल का प्यार है ? tō check karō dil kā pyār hai ? tō check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] heart of love be[pres.sg.23] ?
306So, check whether you have love in your heart.
229प्यार वाले को भूलना मुश्किल है . pyār vālē kō bhūlnā muśhkil hai . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . love those who to forget[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult be[pres.sg.23] .
307It is difficult to forget someone you love.
230रिवाजी चीज़ देखो , सुगर वालों को मीठा मना है , और उसका प्यार है मीठे से , तो मीठा याद आता है , भूलता है ? rivājī chīz dēkhō , sugar vālō̃ kō mīṭhā manā hai , aur uskā pyār hai mīṭhē sē , tō mīṭhā yād ātā hai , bhūltā hai ? rivājī[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sugar vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] manānā[root]|manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , aur vah[pn.sg.kā] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] , tō mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] , bhūlnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? x thing see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , sugar those who to sweet (celebrate[root]|x) be[pres.sg.23] , and that[.kā] love be[pres.sg.23] sweet from , then sweet remembrance come[pres.sg.m.23] , forget[pres.sg.m.23] ?
308Generally, those who are diabetic are forbidden to have sugar, and yet they love sweet things. 309So, they would remember sweet things. 310Do they forget them?
231डाक्टर की दवाई करेंगे लेकिन मीठा खायेंगे . doctor kī|key davāī karē̃gē lēkin mīṭhā khāyēṅgē . doctor karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key davāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] lēkin mīṭhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . doctor (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] but sweet eat[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
311They would take the doctor's medicine and also eat sweet things.
232तो चीज़ से प्यार है तो कहने से भी नहीं छोड़ते हैं और यह तो बाप है , सर्व प्राप्ति का अनुभव कराने वाला है . tō chīz sē pyār hai tō kahnē sē bhī nahī̃ chhōṛtē haĩ aur yah tō bāp hai , sarv prāpti kā anubhav karānē vālā hai . tō chīz[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō kahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur yah[pn.sg.d.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then thing from love be[pres.sg.23] then say[inf.m.pl.,o.] from too not renounce[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and this then father be[pres.sg.23] , all attainment of experience make commit[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.sg.23] .
312So, when they have such love for those things then, even if you asked them to, they would not renounce them. 313And, here, this One is the Father. 314He is the One who gives you the experience of all relationships.
233सभी सुन रहे हैं ना . sabhī sun rahē haĩ nā . sab[adv.hī] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā . all listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ .
315All of you are listening, are you not?
234भले निमित्त फारेनर्स हैं लेकिन सभी सुन रहे हैं , तो अभी चेक करो कि दिल का प्यार है ? bhalē nimitt foreigners haĩ lēkin sabhī sun rahē haĩ , tō abhī check karō ki dil kā pyār hai ? bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] foreigner hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin sab[adv.hī] sunnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , tō ab[adv.hī] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? benefit instrument foreigner be[pres.pl.12hon3] but all listen[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , then now check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that heart of love be[pres.sg.23] ?
316Although Baba is speaking to the foreigners, everyone is listening. 317So, now check whether you have love in your heart.
235खुदा को दोस्त बनाया है ? khudā kō dost banāyā hai ? khudā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kō[postp.] dōst[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? God to x create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
318Have you made God your Friend?
236दोस्त किसलिए बनाते हैं ? dost kisliē banātē haĩ ? dōst[n.m.;sg.,d.] kisliē banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? x x create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
319Why would you make someone your friend?
237बाप से भी दोस्त से ज्यादा प्यार होता है . bāp sē bhī dost sē jyādā pyār hōtā hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] dōst[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . father from too x from more love be[pres.sg.m.23] .
320There is greater love for a friend than for a father.
238तो खुदा दोस्त बनाया है ना ! tō khudā dost banāyā hai nā ! tō khudā dost[x] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! then Khuda-Dost create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
321So, you have made God your Friend, have you not?
239कोई भी बात आवे , बाबा आप सम्भालो . kōī bhī bāt āvē , bābā āp sambhālō . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23] , bābā āp[pn.pl.] sambhālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . anyone matter come[opt.sg.23] , Baba you be careful[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
322Whenever anything comes in front of you, tell Baba, "Baba, You look after it."
240छोटे बच्चे बन जाओ , बड़े नहीं बनो . chhōṭē bachchē ban jāō , baṛē nahī̃ banō . chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . small child become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] , very not become[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
323Become small children; do not become big.
241तो बाप ले लेगा . tō bāp lē lēgā . tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+lēnā] . then father take[fut.m.sg.23.root+lēnā] .
324Then the Father will look after everything.
242प्यार की रस्सी से ऐसा बांधके रखो जो हिल नहीं सके . pyār kī|key rassī sē aisā bāndhakē rakhō jō hil nahī̃ sakē . pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key rassī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] hilnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|saknā[opt.sg.23] . love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) rope from such x keep[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that x[root] not (can[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|can[opt.sg.23]) .
325Keep Him tied with the string of love in such a way that He cannot even move!
243समझा ! samjhā ! samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) !
326Do you understand?
244सभी ने समझा ना ! sabhī nē samjhā nā ! sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] nā ! all ∅ (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ∅ !
327Did all of you understand?
245कई बार कहते हैं बाबा आज मुझे बाबा भूल गया . kaī bār kahtē haĩ bābā āj mujhē bābā bhūl gayā . kaī bār[n.f.;sg.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] bābā āj maĩ[pn.sg.kō] bābā bhūl jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . some time say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] Baba today I[.kō] Baba x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
328Many times children say: Baba, today I forgot Baba!
246बापदादा को सुनके कितना आश्चर्य लगता होगा ! bāpdādā kō sunkē kitnā āśhcharya lagtā hōgā ! bāpdādā kō[postp.] sunnā[abs.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āśhcharya[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! BapDada to listen[abs.] so amazement x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] be[fut.m.sg.23] !
329Hearing this, BapDada would be so amazed!
247भूल गया ! bhūl gayā ! bhūl jānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! x[past-part.m.sg.d.] !
330You forgot!
24863 जन्म भूले , अभी भी भूल गये . 63 janm bhūlē , abhī bhī bhūl gayē . 63 janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bhūlnā[opt.sg.23]|bhūlnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bhūl jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . 63 (life|be born[root]) (forget[opt.sg.23]|forget[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) , now too x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
331You have forgotten Him for 63 births; you forgot Him even now!
249एक जन्म और छोटा सा जन्म ! ēk janm aur chhōṭā sā janm ! ēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] aur chhōṭā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] ! one (life|be born[root]) and small x (life|be born[root]) !
332This is just for one birth, and such a short birth at that.
25021 फुल जन्म भूल गये , अभी भी भूलना रहा हुआ है क्या ? 21 full janm bhūl gayē , abhī bhī bhūlnā rahā huā hai kyā ? 21 full janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bhūl jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] kyā ? 21 full (life|be born[root]) x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] , now too forget[inf.m.sg.d.] (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] what ?
333You forgot Him for 21 births. 334Are you still forgetting Him?
251इसीलिए अभी माया की चतुराई को समझ जाओ . isīliē abhī māyā kī|key chaturāī kō samajh jāō . isīliē ab[adv.hī] māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chaturāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] . x now Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x to understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] .
335Therefore, now understand the cleverness of Maya.
252माया की कभी-कभी खातिरी भी कर देते हैं . māyā kī|key kabhī-kabhī khātirī bhī kar dētē haĩ . māyā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kabhī[adv.] ḵẖātirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] . Maya (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ever hospitality too do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
336Sometimes, you offer hospitality to Maya.
253कहते हैं हम समय पर तैयार हो जायेंगे . kahtē haĩ ham samay par taiyār hō jāyēṅgē . kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ham[pn.pl.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] we time (at|other) x be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
337You say: We will be ready on time.
254अभी तो टाइम पड़ा है ना थोड़ा ! abhī tō time paṛā hai nā thōṛā ! ab[adv.hī] tō time paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! now then time fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ short !
338There is still some time left.
255अभी टूलेट का बोर्ड नहीं लगा है ना ! abhī toolate kā board nahī̃ lagā hai nā ! ab[adv.hī] too late kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] board nahī̃[neg] lagnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] nā ! now too late of board not x[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ∅ !
339The board of 'Too Late' has not yet been put up.
256हम हो जायेंगे और माया भी सहारा देकरके , खातिरी देकरके चाय पानी पीती रहती है . ham hō jāyēṅgē aur māyā bhī sahārā dēkarkē , khātirī dēkarkē chāy pānī pītī rahtī hai . ham[pn.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] aur māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] dēnā[abs.] , ḵẖātirī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dēnā[abs.] chāy[n.f.;sg.] pānī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|pānā[inf.f.] pīnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] . we be[fut.m.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] and Maya too support give[abs.] , hospitality give[abs.] tea (water|x[inf.f.]) drink[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+rahnā] .
340We will be ready on time. 341And, giving her support and hospitality, Maya continues to drink tea and coffee.
257बाप को फॉलो फादर करने के बजाए , माया को फॉलो कर लेते हैं . bāp kō follow father karnē kē bajāē , māyā kō follow kar lētē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow father[x] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē bajāē[x] , māyā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . father to follow the Father do[inf.m.pl.,o.] instead of , Maya to follow do[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . 258पुरूषार्थी हैं ना , सम्पूर्ण थोड़ेही बने हैं , यह तो होता ही है ना ! purūṣhārthī haĩ nā , sampūrṇ thōṛēhī banē haĩ , yah tō hōtā hī hai nā ! purūṣhārthī[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā , sampūrṇ[adj.] thōṛēhī bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.sg.d.] tō hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! effort-maker be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ , complete not become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , this then be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
342Instead of following the Father, you continue to follow Maya: "We are still effort-makers. 343We haven't yet become complete. 344This happens all the time."
259यह है माया के फॉलोअर बनना . yah hai māyā kē|K follower bannā . yah[pn.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] māyā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K follower bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this be[pres.sg.23] Maya (of|K) follower become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
345This is becoming Maya's followers.
260तो अभी बापदादा कभी भी चक्र लगाने आये तो सदा शक्ल देखे तो कैसी शक्ल देखे ! tō abhī bāpdādā kabhī bhī chakra lagānē āyē tō sadā śhakla dēkhē tō kaisī śhakla dēkhē ! tō ab[adv.hī] bāpdādā kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] tō sadā śhakla[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] tō kaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|dēkhnā[opt.sg.23] ! then now BapDada ever too (cycle|x) attach[inf.m.pl.,o.] (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) then constantly face (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) then how face (see[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|see[opt.sg.23]) !
346So, if BapDada comes to tour around and sees your faces, what type of faces should He see?
261कभी कभी शक्ल अच्छी नहीं होती है . kabhī kabhī śhakla achchhī nahī̃ hōtī hai . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . ever ever face achcha not be[pres.sg.f.23] .
347Sometimes, the faces are not so good.
262सोच में , सोच बहुत करते हैं . sōch mē̃ , sōch bahut kartē haĩ . sōchnā[root] mē̃[postp.] , sōchnā[root] bahut karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . think[root] in , think[root] very do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
348You think a lot: What should I do?
263क्या करूं , यह करूं , नहीं करूं , फायदा होगा , ठीक होगा , सोचते बहुत हैं . kyā karū̃ , yah karū̃ , nahī̃ karū̃ , phāydā hōgā , ṭhīk hōgā , sōchtē bahut haĩ . kyā karnā[opt.sg.1] , yah[pn.sg.d.] karnā[opt.sg.1] , nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.1] , fāydā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . what do[opt.sg.1] , this do[opt.sg.1] , not do[opt.sg.1] , profit be[fut.m.sg.23] , OK be[fut.m.sg.23] , think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
349Should I do this or not? 350Will there be benefit in this or not? 351Will it be all right?
264बाप को फॉलो करो , ब्रह्मा बाप पहुंच गया ना ! bāp kō follow karō , brahmā bāp pahuñch gayā nā ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā ! father to follow do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Brahma father reach[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ !
352Follow the Father! 353Father Brahma reached his destination, did he not?
265ज्यादा सोचते क्यों हो ? jyādā sōchtē kyō̃ hō ? jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kyō̃ hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? more think[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] why (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
354Why do you think too much?
266सिर्फ फॉलो फादर . sirph follow father . sirph[adj.] follow father[x] . only follow the Father .
355Simply follow the Father.
267व्यर्थ संकल्प आते हैं , लहर आ जाती है . vyarth saṅkalp ātē haĩ , lahar ā jātī hai . vyarth[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , lahar[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . wasteful thought come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , wave come[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
356You have waste thoughts; a whole wave of it comes.
268यह सिर्फ फारेनर्स को नहीं सुना रहे हैं , सबको सुना रहे हैं . yah sirph foreigners kō nahī̃ sunā rahē haĩ , sabkō sunā rahē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] sirph[adj.] foreigner kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , sabkō sunānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . this only foreigner to not speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , everything speak[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
357Baba is not speaking to just the foreigners, but to everyone.
269 ( विदेश के डेविड भाई से ) बापदादा ने देखा भी और जाना भी कि बच्चे को उमंग-उत्साह बहुत है . ( vidēśh kē|K David bhāī sē ) bāpdādā nē dēkhā bhī aur jānā bhī ki bachchē kō umaṅg-utsāh bahut hai . ( vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K x bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] sē[postp.] ) bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] aur jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] ki[conj.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kō[postp.] umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( abroad (of|K) x (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) from ) BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] too and (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) too that child to zeal and enthusiasm very be[pres.sg.23] .
358Speaking to David Nelson (Publisher - Guest from abroad): BapDada saw and also knows that the child has a lot of zeal and enthusiasm.
270अभी उमंग - उत्साह को प्रैक्टिकल में लाने में सहयोगी बन करके सहयोग लेते रहेंगे सहयोग देते रहेंगे तो आगे जा सकते हो . abhī umaṅg - utsāh kō practical mē̃ lānē mē̃ sahyōgī ban karkē sahyōg lētē rahē̃gē sahyōg dētē rahē̃gē tō āgē jā saktē hō . ab[adv.hī] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] - utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sahyōgī[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] karnā[abs.] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō āgē jānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . now zeal - enthusiasm to practical in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in co-operative (x|become[root]) do[abs.] cooperation take[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] cooperation give[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then previously go[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
359Now, in order to put that zeal and enthusiasm into a practical form, if you are co-operative and continue to take and give co-operation, you will be able to go ahead.
271उमंग उत्साह कभी ढीला नहीं करना बातें आयेंगी . umaṅg utsāh kabhī ḍhīlā nahī̃ karnā bātē̃ āyēṅgī . umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bāt[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ānā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . zeal enthusiasm ever x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] matter come[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . 272लेकिन उमंग उत्साह के पंख ढीले नहीं करना . lēkin umaṅg utsāh kē|K paṅkh ḍhīlē nahī̃ karnā . lēkin umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] ḍhīlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but zeal enthusiasm (of|K) wing x not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
360Do not let your zeal and enthusiasm become slack. 361Situations will come, but do not allow the wings of zeal and enthusiasm to become loose.
273उड़ते रहना . uṛtē rahnā . uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
362Continue to fly.
274पंख है उड़ने के लिए . paṅkh hai uṛnē kē liē . paṅkh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē liē[x] . wing be[pres.sg.23] fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] for .
363You have wings with which to fly.
275उमंग-उल्हास जरा भी कम हुआ तो ऊंचा उड़ नहीं सकते . umaṅg-ulhās jarā bhī kam huā tō ūñchā uṛ nahī̃ saktē . umaṅg-ullās[n.m.;sg.,d.] zarā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] kam hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] tō ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] uṛnā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . zeal and enthusiasm x too decrease then elevated fly[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
364If your zeal and enthusiasm decrease even slightly, you won't be able to fly high.
276बात चली जाती है लेकिन खुशी नहीं जाये उमंग उत्साह नहीं जाये . bāt chalī jātī hai lēkin khuśhī nahī̃ jāyē umaṅg utsāh nahī̃ jāyē . bāt[n.f.;sg.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|chalnā[pres.sg.f.23.passive] lēkin khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . matter (continue[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+jānā]|continue[pres.sg.f.23.passive]) but happiness not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] zeal enthusiasm not go[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
365The situation will go away, but your happiness and your zeal and enthusiasm should not go.
277बाकी बापदादा ने देखा उमंग अच्छा है अब सदा कायम रखना . bākī bāpdādā nē dēkhā umaṅg achchhā hai ab sadā kāyam rakhnā . bākī|bākī bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ab[adv.] sadā kāyam[adj.] rakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . (but|others) BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] zeal achcha be[pres.sg.23] now constantly x keep[inf.m.sg.d.] .
366BapDada has seen that you have good enthusiasm. 367Now, always keep that with you.
278जम्प दे सकते हो . jump dē saktē hō . jump dēnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] . jump give[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] .
368You can take a jump.
279फिलीपीन्स की सहानी बहन से - यह तो पुरानी है . philīpīnsa kī|key sahānī bahan sē - yah tō purānī hai . x karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] - yah[pn.sg.d.] tō purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x x from - this then old be[pres.sg.23] .
369Speaking to Leticia Shahani from the Philippines and guest: This one is old.
280अच्छे हैं . achchhē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
370It is good.
281सेवा करके साथ लाई है . sēvā karkē sāth lāī hai . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[abs.] sāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] lānā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . service do[abs.] with x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
371You have served her and brought her with you.
282अच्छे हैं सुना ना उमंग-उत्साह कब नहीं छोड़ना . achchhē haĩ sunā nā umaṅg-utsāh kab nahī̃ chhōṛnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] sunnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|sunānā[root] nā umaṅg-utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kab nahī̃[neg] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha be[pres.pl.12hon3] (listen[past-part.m.sg.d.]|speak[root]) ∅ zeal and enthusiasm when not renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] .
372You are good. 373You heard, did you not? 374Never let go of your zeal and enthusiasm.
283उड़ते रहना . uṛtē rahnā . uṛnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . fly[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
375Continue to fly.
284कोई भी बात आये आप उड़ जाओ बात नीचे रह जायेगी आप ऊपर हो जायेंगी . kōī bhī bāt āyē āp uṛ jāō bāt nīchē rah jāyēgī āp ūpar hō jāyēṅgī . kōī bhī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] ānā[opt.sg.23]|ānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] āp[pn.pl.] uṛnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] bāt[n.f.;sg.] nīchē rahnā[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] āp[pn.pl.] ūpar hōnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] . anyone matter (come[opt.sg.23]|come[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) you fly[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+jānā] matter down remain[fut.f.sg.23.root+jānā] you over be[fut.f.pl.12hon3.root+jānā] .
376If any situation comes, it will remain down below; you continue to fly high; you will remain up above.
285अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
377Achcha.
286चारों ओर के दिलखुश , दिल सच्ची , दिल साफ वालों को हर संकल्प , मुराद हांसिल . chārō̃ ōr kē|K dilkhuśh , dil sachchī , dil sāph vālō̃ kō har|her saṅkalp , murād hā̃sil . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dilkhuśh[adj.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāph[adj.] vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , murād[n.f.;sg.] hā̃sil[n.m.;sg.,d.] . everywhere (of|K) dilkush , heart true , heart clean those who to (x|x[root]) thought , x fulfilled .
378To all the children from everywhere who have a happy heart, a true heart and a clean heart every thought and every desire is therefore fulfilled.
287इसका अर्थ है जो भी संकल्प किया उसकी सफलता प्राप्त होना . iskā arth|earth hai jō bhī saṅkalp kiyā uskī saphaltā prāpt hōnā . yah[pn.sg.kā] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.kī] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] prāpt[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this[.kā] (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] that too thought do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that[.kī] success reached be[inf.m.sg.d.] .
379This means that whatever thought you have, you have success in that.
288तो ऐसे तीनों विशेषता , बड़ी दिल , साफ दिल और सच्ची दिल वाले , ऐसे चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा देख पदमगुणा से भी ज्यादा खुश होते हैं और ऑटोमेटिक गीत बजता है , वाह ! tō aisē tīnō̃ viśhēṣhtā , baṛī dil , sāph dil aur sachchī dil vālē , aisē chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā dēkh padamguṇā sē bhī jyādā khuśh hōtē haĩ aur automatic gīt bajtā hai , vāh ! tō aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīnō̃[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] , baṛī dil[x] , sāph[adj.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur sachchā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā dēkhnā[root] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur automatic gīt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bajnā[pres.sg.m.23] , vāh ! then such all three speciality , x , clean heart and true heart those who , such everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada see[root] multimillion-fold from too more happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] and x x x[pres.sg.m.23] , wah! ! 289वाह मेरे बच्चे वाह ! vāh mērē bachchē vāh ! vāh maĩ[pn.sg.kē] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! wah! I[.kē] child wah! !
380So, seeing all the children from everywhere with all these three specialities - a big heart, a clean heart and a true heart - BapDada is pleased more than a multimillion times, so that the song automatically plays: Wah My children! wah!
290सदा मुबारक के पात्र बच्चे वाह ! sadā mubārak kē|K pātr bachchē vāh ! sadā mubārak[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vāh ! constantly congratulations (of|K) worthy of receiving child wah! !
381Children who are always worthy of receiving congratulations, Wah children! wah!
291सदा बाप को साथी बनाके चलने वाले , हाथ में हाथ मिलाके , हाथ है श्रीमत , तो सदा हाथ में हाथ मिलाके उड़ने वाले , चलना तो खत्म हुआ , उड़ने वाले , श्रीमत को हर कदम में ब्रह्मा बाप को फॉलो करने वाले और सोचो नहीं , करूं नहीं करूं , ठीक होगा , नहीं होगा , पता नहीं पसन्द आयेगा , नहीं आयेगा . sadā bāp kō sāthī banākē chalnē vālē , hāth mē̃ hāth milākē , hāth hai śhrīmat , tō sadā hāth mē̃ hāth milākē uṛnē vālē , chalnā tō khatm huā , uṛnē vālē , śhrīmat kō har|her kadam mē̃ brahmā bāp kō follow karnē vālē aur sōchō nahī̃ , karū̃ nahī̃ karū̃ , ṭhīk hōgā , nahī̃ hōgā , patā nahī̃ pasand āyēgā , nahī̃ āyēgā . sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] sāthī[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[abs.] chalnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[abs.] , hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] , tō sadā hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[abs.] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , chalnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō ḵẖatm[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , śhrīmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] har|harnā[root]|her kadam[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] follow karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur sōchnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] nahī̃[neg] , karnā[opt.sg.1] nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.sg.1] , ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] , nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . constantly father to companion create[abs.] continue[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , hand in hand x[abs.] , hand be[pres.sg.23] shrimat , then constantly hand in hand x[abs.] fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , continue[inf.m.sg.d.] then finished be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , shrimat to (x|x[root]) step in Brahma father to follow do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and think[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] not , do[opt.sg.1] not do[opt.sg.1] , OK be[fut.m.sg.23] , not be[fut.m.sg.23] , knowledge not love come[fut.m.sg.23] , not come[fut.m.sg.23] .
382The ones who always continue to move along making the Father their Companion, the ones who put their hand in His hand - the hand is shrimat, and so for those who always put their hand in His hand and fly, - walking is now finished, but those who fly, those who follow shrimat and Father Brahma at every step, do not think, "Should I do this or not? 383Will it be OK or not? 384I don't know if everyone will like it or not?"
292फॉलो करो , ब्रह्मा बाप ने क्या किया , जो बाप ने किया वह राइट है , सोचने की जरूरत नहीं . follow karō , brahmā bāp nē kyā kiyā , jō bāp nē kiyā vah right hai , sōchnē kī|key jarūrat nahī̃ . follow karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] kyā karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , jō[pn.;d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] vah[pn.sg.d.] right hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] . follow do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Brahma father ∅ what do[past-part.m.sg.d.] , that father ∅ do[past-part.m.sg.d.] that right be[pres.sg.23] , think[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need not .
385Just follow. 386What did Father Brahma do? 387Whatever the Father did was right and there is no need for you to think about anything.
293फॉलो करना तो सहज है ना . follow karnā tō sahaj hai nā . follow karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . follow do[inf.m.sg.d.] then easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
388It is easy to follow, is it not?
294सोचने की क्या जरूरत . sōchnē kī|key kyā jarūrat . sōchnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kyā jarūrat[n.f.;sg.] . think[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) what need .
389What need is there for you to think?
295फिर माथा भारी हो जाता है . phir māthā bhārī hō jātā hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] māthā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (turn[root]|then) x heavy be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
390Then your head becomes heavy.
296फिर कहते हैं आज मुझे पता नहीं क्या हुआ है , भारी भारी हो गया है . phir kahtē haĩ āj mujhē patā nahī̃ kyā huā hai , bhārī bhārī hō gayā hai . phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] āj maĩ[pn.sg.kō] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , bhārī[adj.] bhārī[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . (turn[root]|then) say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] today I[.kō] knowledge not what be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , heavy heavy be[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
391Then you say, "I don't know what has happened today, but my head feels heavy."
297क्योंकि कोई न कोई बात पर सोचने लग जाते हैं . kyōṅki kōī na kōī bāt par sōchnē lag jātē haĩ . kyōṅki kōī na kōī[x] bāt[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sōchnā[root.inf+lagnā] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because one .. or another matter (at|other) think[root.inf+lagnā] go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
392It is because you begin to think about something or other.
298तो सभी चारों ओर के बच्चों को बापदादा के दिल की दुआयें और पदमगुणा बधाईयां हो . tō sabhī chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kō bāpdādā kē|K dil kī|key duāyē̃ aur padamguṇā badhāīyā̃ hō . tō sab[adv.hī] chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] badhāī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then all everywhere (of|K) child to BapDada (of|K) heart (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing and multimillion-fold greetings (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
393To all the children from everywhere, congratulations from the heart and multimillionfold greetings.
299जो शिव रात्रि पर अपनी सेवा में रहेंगे , उन्हों को अभी से शिवरात्रि आपके बर्थ डे की दुआयें और मुबारक दे रहे हैं और आने वाले अथवा जो पत्र ईमेल भेजते हैं उन्हों का सेकण्ड से भी कम समय में बापदादा के पास पहुंच जाता है . jō śhiv rātri par apnī sēvā mē̃ rahē̃gē , unhō̃ kō abhī sē śhivrātri āpkē birth day kī|key duāyē̃ aur mubārak dē rahē haĩ aur ānē vālē athavā jō patra email bhējtē haĩ unhō̃ kā second sē bhī cum|kam samay mē̃ bāpdādā kē pās pahuñch jātā hai . jō[pn.;d.] śhiv rātri[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] ab[adv.hī] sē[postp.] śhivrātri[x] āp[pn.pl.kē] birth day[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] aur mubārak[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] athavā jō[pn.;d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] email bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] second sē[postp.] bhī[p.] cum|kam[adj.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāpdādā kē pās[x] pahuñchnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . that Shiva night (at|other) one’s own service in remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , that to now from Shiva Ratri you[.kē] birthday (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing and congratulations give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who that is that x e-mail x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that of second from too (x|less) time in BapDada to reach[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . 300उन्हों को भी और बापदादा की प्यासी आत्मायें , बांधेलियां जो मार को भी गले का हार बना देती हैं , ऐसी आत्माओं को भी यादप्यार और नये-नये स्नेही आत्मायें जो अभी निकल रही हैं , लेकिन कम . unhō̃ kō bhī aur bāpdādā kī|key pyāsī ātmāyē̃ , bāndhēliyā̃ jō mār kō bhī galē kā hār banā dētī haĩ , aisī ātmāō̃ kō bhī yādpyār aur nayē-nayē snēhī ātmāyē̃ jō abhī nikal rahī haĩ , lēkin cum|kam . vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] aur bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pyās[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , bāndhēlā[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] mārnā[root] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] galnā[opt.sg.23]|galnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|galā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] banānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] yād-pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nayā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] jō[pn.;d.] ab[adv.hī] nikalnā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , lēkin cum|kam[adj.] . that to too and BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) thirst soul , bound that beat[root] to too (x[opt.sg.23]|x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|throat) of (x|x[root]) create[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā] , such soul to too love, remembrance and new loving soul that now be extracted[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] , but (x|less) . 301स्नेही और सहयोगी डबल होना चाहिए . snēhī aur sahyōgī double hōnā chāhiē . snēhī[adj.] aur sahyōgī[adj.] double hōnā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|hōnā[.oblig3] . loving and co-operative double (be[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|be[.oblig3]) .
394To those who will be engaged in their service at Shiv Ratri, Baba is giving birthday greetings and congratulations for Shiv Ratri from now. 395And to those who are going to come, and those who send their letters and e-mails - they all reach BapDada in less than a second - to all of them and also to the souls who are thirsty for BapDada, those who are in bondage who even make the beatings they get into a garland around their necks, love and remembrance to such souls too. 396And to the new loving souls that are emerging now, but who are not so many, they have to be loving and co-operative, they have to be double.
302तो चारों ओर के सभी युवा , वृद्ध , बच्चे , मातायें , पाण्डव , सभी को इनएडवांस आपके , बाप के बर्थ डे की मुबारक हो . tō chārō̃ ōr kē|K sabhī yuvā , vr̥iddha , bachchē , mātāyē̃ , pāṇḍav , sabhī kō in advance āpkē , bāp kē|K birth day kī|key mubārak hō . tō chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sab[adv.hī] yuvā[adj.] , vr̥iddh[adj.] , bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] , mātā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] in advance āp[pn.pl.kē] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K birth day[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then everywhere (of|K) all adult , old , child , mother , Pandava , all to in advance you[.kē] , father (of|K) birthday (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
397To all the youth and old children from everywhere, the mothers, the Pandavas, greetings for your birthday in advance and the Father's birthday. 398Congratulations.
303अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
399Achcha.
304दादियों से : सभी नम्बरवन हैं ना ! dādiyō̃ sē : sabhī number one haĩ nā ! dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : sab[adv.hī] number one hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ! Dadi from : all number one be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ !
400To the Dadis: All of you are number one, are you not?
305कभी भी नम्बरवार में नहीं आना नम्बरवन . kabhī bhī number-vār mē̃ nahī̃ ānā number one . kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] number-wār mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] number one . ever too numberwise in not (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) number one .
401Never become numberwise. 402Be number one.
306बाप के बनके नम्बरवार हो गये तो क्या बड़ी बात है ! bāp kē|K bankē number-vār hō gayē tō kyā baṛī bāt hai ! bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bannā[abs.] number-wār hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō kyā baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! father (of|K) become[abs.] numberwise be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then what very matter be[pres.sg.23] !
403What is the big deal if you become numberwise after belonging to the Father?
307नम्बरवन . number one . number one . number one .
404Be number one!
308नम्बरवन आओ लेकिन निमित्त और निर्माण बन नम्बरवन . number one āō lēkin nimitt aur nirmāṇ ban number one . number one ānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] lēkin nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur nirmāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] number one . number one come[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] but instrument and creation (x|become[root]) number one .
405However, become number one while being an instrument and being humble.
309 ( निर्मलशान्ता दादी की याद दी है ) ( nirmalśhāntā dādī kī|key yād dī hai ) ( nirmalśhāntā[n.f.;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key yād[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) ( Nirmal Shanta Dadi (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) remembrance give[pres-perf.sg.f.23] )
406(Mohiniben gave Baba love and remembrance from Dadi Nirmala Shanta).
310दादी शान्तामणि से : हिम्मत में नम्बरवन है इसीलिए बापदादा हिम्मते बच्चे मददे बाप खुश होते हैं . dādī śāntāmaṇi sē : himmat mē̃ number one hai isīliē bāpdādā himmatē bachchē madadē bāp khuśh hōtē haĩ . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] : himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] number one hōnā[pres.sg.23] isīliē bāpdādā himmat bachchā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] madad bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . Dadi x from : courage in number one be[pres.sg.23] x BapDada courage child x father happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
407Speaking to Dadi Shantamani: You are number one in having courage. 408This is why BapDada is pleased. 409When the child has courage, the Father helps.
311रमेश भाई से : ( रमेश भाई का आज 75 वां जन्म दिन है ) जन्म दिन की मुबारक हो . ramēśh bhāī sē : ( ramēśh bhāī kā āj 75 vā̃ janm din hai ) janm din kī|key mubārak hō . ramēśh bhāī[x] sē[postp.] : ( ramēśh bhāī[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] āj 75 vā̃[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ) janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Rameshbhai from : ( Rameshbhai of today 75 th (life|be born[root]) day be[pres.sg.23] ) (life|be born[root]) day (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
410Speaking to Rameshbhai: (His 75th birthday today): Birthday greetings.
312अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
411It is good.
313इस जन्म दिन पर कुछ न कुछ बापदादा को देना है जो भी जो समझो अच्छा . is janm din par kuchh na kuchh bāpdādā kō dēnā hai jō bhī jō samjhō achchhā . yah[pn.sg.o.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kuchh na[neg] kuchh bāpdādā kō[postp.] dēnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . this (life|be born[root]) day (at|other) anything not anything BapDada to give[pres.sg.23.oblig1] that too that understand[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] achcha .
412On this birthday, you definitely have to give something to BapDada. 413Whatever you feel. 414Achcha.
314डबल विदेशी बड़ी बहिनों से : देखो ड्रामानुसार जो निमित्त बने हुए हैं , सब भारत के ही हैं . double vidēśhī baṛī bahinō̃ sē : dēkhō ḍrāmānusār jō nimitt banē huē haĩ , sab bhārat kē|K hī haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ḍrāmānusār jō[pn.;d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , sab[adj.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . double foreigner very x from : see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] x that instrument (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , all Bharat (of|K) only be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
415Speaking to the senior sisters from abroad: Look, according to the drama, all of you who have become instruments are from Bharat.
315 ( जयन्ती बहन से ) इसका भी भारत में जन्म हुआ , डायरेक्ट ब्रह्मा बाप द्वारा भारत में जन्म हुआ . ( jayantī bahan sē ) iskā bhī bhārat mē̃ janm huā , direct brahmā bāp dvārā bhārat mē̃ janm huā . ( jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] ) yah[pn.sg.kā] bhī[p.] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , direct brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dvārā bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . ( Jayanti x from ) this[.kā] too Bharat in (life|be born[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] , direct Brahma father through Bharat in (life|be born[root]) be[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
416(Speaking to Jayantiben): This one was also born in Bharat. 417Your birth was directly through Father Brahma.
316पहले पहले सेवास्थान पर बाबा ने भेजा . pahlē pahlē sēvāsthān par bābā nē bhējā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bābā nē[postp.] bhējnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . (x|firstly) (x|firstly) service place (at|other) Baba ∅ x[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
418It was Baba who first sent you on service.
317तो सब देखो , क्योंकि आपका फाउण्डेशन पक्का है ना , पालना भी तो ली है ना . tō sab dēkhō , kyōṅki āpkā foundation pakkā hai nā , pālnā bhī tō lī hai nā . tō sab[adj.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kyōṅki āp[pn.pl.kā] foundation pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] tō lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . then all see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , because you[.kā] foundation firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) too then take[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
419So, look, everyone! 420Your foundation is strong. 421You have all taken sustenance.
318चाहे पीछे आई लेकिन पालना डायरेक्ट ली है , यह भाग्य है . chāhē pīchhē eye|āī|I lēkin pālnā direct lī hai , yah bhāgya hai . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] pīchhē eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I lēkin pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] direct lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) but (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) direct take[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , this x be[pres.sg.23] .
422Even though you may have come later, you have the fortune of having taken direct sustenance.
319आप ( जयन्ती बहन ) और रजनी , रजनी का भी भाग्य है . āp ( jayantī bahan ) aur rajanī , rajanī kā bhī bhāgya hai . āp[pn.pl.] ( jayantī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] ) aur x , x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . you ( Jayanti x ) and x , x of too x be[pres.sg.23] .
423You, Jayantiben and Rajni - also have fortune.
320फोन पर भी मुरली सुनती थी . phone par bhī murlī suntī thī . phone par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sunnā[hab-past.f.] . x (at|other) too flute listen[hab-past.f.] .
424She even used to listen to the murli over the phone.
321 ( मुरली भाई ) पार्ट दोनों बजाये लेकिन इस तरफ चला तो बहुत मजबूत है . ( murlī bhāī ) part dōnō̃ bajāyē lēkin is taraph chalā tō bahut majbūt hai . ( murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhāī[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bhānā[past-part.f.] ) part[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ bajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] lēkin yah[pn.sg.o.] taraph[n.m.;sg.,d.] chalnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|chalānā[root] tō bahut majbūt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( flute (brother|be liked[past-part.f.]) ) part x play[past-part.m.pl.,o.] but this direction (continue[past-part.m.sg.d.]|x[root]) then very x be[pres.sg.23] .
322 ( गायत्री बहन ने भी याद भेजी है ) ( gāyatrī bahan nē bhī yād bhējī hai ) ( gāyatrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.;sg.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] yād[n.f.;sg.] bhējnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ) ( Gayatri x ∅ too remembrance x[pres-perf.sg.f.23] )
425(Sister Gayatri has also sent remembrance.)
323 ( सभी बड़ी बहनों से ) अच्छा है संगठन में शोभता है . ( sabhī baṛī bahanō̃ sē ) achchhā hai saṅgaṭhan mē̃ śhōbhtā hai . ( sab[adv.hī] baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] saṅgaṭhan[x] mē̃[postp.] śhōbhnā[pres.sg.m.23] . ( all very x from ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] gathering in x[pres.sg.m.23] .
426To all senior sisters: It is good. 427All of you together in the gathering bring beauty.
324और जब आप सब आते हो तो अच्छा लगता है ना . aur jab āp sab ātē hō tō achchhā lagtā hai nā . aur jab āp[pn.pl.] sab[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.2] tō achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā . and when you all come[pres.pl.m.2] then enjoy ∅ .
428And you all feel good when you all come, do you not?
325कई फायदे हैं , बाप से मिलना , आपस में लेन देन करना और सर्विस की नवीनता लाना . kaī phāydē haĩ , bāp sē milnā , āpas mē̃ lēn dēn karnā aur service kī|key navīntā lānā . kaī fāydā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] milnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , āpas mē̃[x] lēn[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēn[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur service[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key navīntā[n.f.;sg.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . some profit be[pres.pl.12hon3] , father from receive[inf.m.sg.d.] , with each other x gift do[inf.m.sg.d.] and service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) newness x[inf.m.sg.d.] .
429There are many benefits: meeting the Father, exchanging news with one another and bringing newness into service.
326यह बहुत अच्छा है क्योंकि अपने-अपने यहाँ सेवा तो करते हो लेकिन एक दो के अनुभव सुनने से उमंग आता है . yah bahut achchhā hai kyōṅki apnē-apnē yahā̃ sēvā tō kartē hō lēkin ēk dō kē|K anubhav sunnē sē umaṅg ātā hai . yah[pn.sg.d.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyōṅki apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yahā̃ sēvā[n.f.;sg.] tō karnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] sunnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . this very achcha be[pres.sg.23] because one’s own here service then do[pres.pl.m.2] but one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) (of|K) experience listen[inf.m.pl.,o.] from zeal come[pres.sg.m.23] .
430This is very good because you do service at your own places. 431However, by hearing one another's experiences, you have enthusiasm.
327बापदादा खुश है . bāpdādā khuśh hai . bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . BapDada happy be[pres.sg.23] .
432BapDada is pleased.
328सरला दीदी : ठीक है ना . saralā dīdī : ṭhīk hai nā . x dīdī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] : ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . x didi : OK be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
433Sarla Didi: Are you all right?
329हिम्मत अच्छी रखी है मेहनत की है फल निकल आयेगा . himmat achchhī rakhī hai mēhnat kī hai phal nikal āyēgā . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] mēhnat[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] phal[n.m.;sg.,d.] nikalnā[fut.m.sg.23.root+ānā] . courage achcha keep[pres-perf.sg.f.23] effort do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] fruit be extracted[fut.m.sg.23.root+ānā] .
434You have maintained courage well. 435You have worked hard and it will bear fruit.
330अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
436It is good.
331डाक्टर अशोक मेहता तथा रथ की ( दादी गुल्जार की ) सेवा करने वाली सभी बहिनों से : अच्छा है रथ को तैयार कर दिया इसकी मुबारक हो . doctor aśhōk Mēhtā tathā rath kī|key ( dādī Gulzār kī|key ) sēvā karnē vālī sabhī bahinō̃ sē : achchhā hai rath kō taiyār kar diyā iskī mubārak hō . doctor aśhōk[adj.] x tathā rath[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ( dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] Gulzār[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key ) sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sab[adv.hī] bahan ou bahin[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] : achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] rath[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] yah[pn.sg.kī] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . doctor x x and chariot (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ( Dadi Gulzar (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) ) service do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who all x from : achcha be[pres.sg.23] chariot to x do[past-part.m.sg.d..root+dēnā] this[.kī] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
437Dr. 438Ashok Mehta and all sisters who served the chariot of Dadi Gulzar: It is good. 439You have made the chariot ready. 440Congratulations for that.
332सभी दिल से दुआयें दे रहे हैं आपको . sabhī dil sē duāyē̃ dē rahē haĩ āpkō . sab[adv.hī] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] āp[pn.pl.kō] . all heart from blessing give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] you[.kō] .
441Everyone is giving blessings from their heart to all of you.
333अच्छा है . achchhā hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] . 334और डॉक्टर्स की भी सेवा हो जाती है . aur doctors kī|key bhī sēvā hō jātī hai . aur doctor karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . and doctor (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) too service be[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
442It is good and the doctors are also served through this.
335वह भी समीप आ रहे हैं . vah bhī samīp ā rahē haĩ . vah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] samīp[adj.] ānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . that too close come[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
443They too are coming close.
336बहुत अच्छा . bahut achchhā . bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . very achcha .
444Very good.
337यह सब सेवा बहुत अच्छी करती हैं मुबारक हो . yah sab sēvā bahut achchhī kartī haĩ mubārak hō . yah[pn.sg.d.] sab[adj.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . this all service very achcha do[pres.pl.f.12hon3] congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) . 338अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 339मुबारक हो मुबारक हो मुबारक हो . mubārak hō mubārak hō mubārak hō . mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] mubārak[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) congratulations (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
445All of these sisters do very good service. 446Congratulations. 447Congratulations. 448Congratulations.
340विदाई के समय : हर एक बाप का बच्चा बाप को प्यारे ते प्यारा है . vidāī kē|K samay : har ēk bāp kā bachchā bāp kō pyārē tē pyārā hai . vidāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] : har ēk[x] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . farewell (of|K) time : each one father of child father to loving from loving be[pres.sg.23] .
449At the time of taking leave: Each child of the Father is very much loved by the Father.
341इसीलिए सिर्फ विधिपूर्वक सभी को तो बिठा नहीं सकते , लेकिन आप सभी स्टेज पर भी हो , स्टेज से भी नजदीक दिल में बैठे हो . isīliē sirph vidhipūrvak sabhī kō tō biṭhā nahī̃ saktē , lēkin āp sabhī stage par bhī hō , stage sē bhī najdīk dil mē̃ baiṭhē hō . isīliē sirph[adj.] vidhipūrvak sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] tō biṭhānā[root] nahī̃[neg] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , lēkin āp[pn.pl.] sab[adv.hī] stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , stage sē[postp.] bhī[p.] nazdīk dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] . x only with discipline all to then x[root] not can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , but you all stage (at|other) too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , stage from too x heart in sit[pres-perf.pl.m.2] .
450Not everyone can be made to sit on the stage, but all of you should consider yourselves to be on the stage. 451You are sitting in the heart, even closer than on the stage.
342थोड़ा सा रखना पड़ता है थोड़ा . thōṛā sā rakhnā paṛtā hai thōṛā . thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rakhnā[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . short x keep[pres.sg.m.23.oblig2] short . 343लेकिन एक एक बाप को प्यारा है , एक दो से प्यारा है . lēkin ēk ēk bāp kō pyārā hai , ēk dō sē pyārā hai . lēkin ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sē[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . but one one father to loving be[pres.sg.23] , one (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) from loving be[pres.sg.23] .
452Everything has to be considered, but each one of you is loved by the Father; each one is more loved than the other.
344तो बापदादा की नज़र सिर्फ नजदीक नहीं जाती है , लास्ट तक जा रही है . tō bāpdādā kī|key nazar sirph najdīk nahī̃ jātī hai , last tak jā rahī hai . tō bāpdādā karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key nazar[n.f.;sg.] sirph[adj.] nazdīk nahī̃[neg] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] , last tak jānā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . then BapDada (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) glance only x not go[pres.sg.f.23] , last until go[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
453BapDada's vision doesn't go to just those in the front; it goes to the very back.
345एक एक समझे हम बाबा के सामने बैठे हैं . ēk ēk samajhē ham bābā kē|K sāmnē baiṭhē haĩ . ēk[adj.] ēk[adj.] samajhnā[opt.sg.23]|samajhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ham[pn.pl.] bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sāmnē baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . one one (understand[opt.sg.23]|understand[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) we Baba (of|K) x sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
454Each one of you should feel that you are sitting in front of Baba.
346बापदादा सम्मुख सामने बैठने की दृष्टि दे रहा है . bāpdādā sammukh sāmnē baiṭhnē kī|key dr̥iṣhṭi dē rahā hai . bāpdādā sammukh sāmnē baiṭhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . BapDada in front of you x sit[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) drishti give[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
455BapDada is giving the drishti of personally sitting in front of Him.
347अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
456Achcha.
457* * * O M S H A N T I * * *